Accord 2003 2007pdf PDF

02/09/18 13:32:58 62SDA00A_140_0002
BCLA, MCLA
Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission Transmission Housing
Special Tools ................................................... 14-2 Housing and Shaft Assemblies Removal ..... 14-231
General Troubleshooting Information ......... 14-3 Bearing Removal ............................................ 14-233
DTC Troubleshooting Index .......................... 14-8 Bearing Installation ........................................ 14-234
Symptom Troubleshooting Index ................. 14-11 Reverse Idler Gear Removal and
System Description ........................................ 14-22 Installation ................................................... 14-235
DTC Troubleshooting ..................................... 14-72 Shaft Assemblies and Housing
Road Test ........................................................ 14-159 Installation ................................................... 14-279
Stall Speed Test .............................................. 14-161
Pressure Tests ................................................ 14-162 Valve Body
Shift Solenoid Valves Test ............................. 14-164 Valve Bodies and ATF Strainer Removal ..... 14-236
Shift Solenoid Valves Replacement ............. 14-166 Valve Body Repair .......................................... 14-238
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valves Valve Body Valve Installation ........................ 14-239
Solenoid Valve A Test ................................ 14-168 Main Valve Body Disassembly, Inspection,
Solenoid Valve A Replacement ................. 14-169 and Reassembly ......................................... 14-240
Solenoid Valve B Test ................................ 14-170 ATF Pump Inspection ..................................... 14-241
Solenoid Valve B Replacement ................. 14-171 Regulator Valve Body Disassembly,
Solenoid Valve C Test ................................ 14-170 Inspection, and Reassembly ...................... 14-242
Solenoid Valve C Replacement ................. 14-171 Servo Body Disassembly, Inspection,
Mainshaft Speed Sensor Replacement ........ 14-172 and Reassembly ......................................... 14-243
Countershaft Speed Sensor Replacement ... 14-172 Shift Solenoid Valves
2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Removal and Installation ........................... 14-244
Switch Replacement ................................... 14-173 Valve Bodies and ATF Strainer
3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Installation ................................................... 14-277
Switch Replacement ................................... 14-174
ATF Temperature Sensor Torque Converter Housing
Test and Replacement ................................ 14-175 Mainshaft Bearing and Oil Seal
ATF Level Check ............................................. 14-178 Replacement ............................................... 14-245
ATF Replacement ........................................... 14-179 Countershaft Bearing Replacement ............. 14-246
Transmission Removal .................................. 14-180 Secondary Shaft Bearing Replacement ....... 14-247
Drive Plate Removal and Installation ........... 14-189 Control Shaft Oil Seal Replacement ............. 14-248
Transmission Installation .............................. 14-190
ATF Cooler Hoses Replacement ................... 14-199 Shafts and Clutches
Shift Lever Removal ....................................... 14-200 Mainshaft Disassembly, Inspection,
Shift Lever Installation ................................... 14-201 and Reassembly ......................................... 14-249
Shift Lever Disassembly and Reassembly ... 14-203 Mainshaft 5th Gear Clearance Inspection .... 14-250
Shift Cable Replacement ............................... 14-205 Countershaft Disassembly, Inspection,
Shift Cable Adjustment .................................. 14-208 and Reassembly ......................................... 14-252
Reverse Selector Hub and 3rd Gear
A/T Gear Position Indicator Removal ....................................................... 14-253
Component Location Index ........................... 14-211 Installation ................................................... 14-254
Circuit Diagram ............................................... 14-212 Secondary Shaft Disassembly, Inspection,
A/T Gear Position Indicator Circuit and Reassembly ......................................... 14-255
Troubleshooting ......................................... 14-213 Secondary Shaft Ball Bearing, Idler Gear
Transmission Range Switch Test ................. 14-214 Removal and Installation ........................... 14-256
Transmission Range Switch Secondary Shaft 2nd Gear Clearance
Replacement ............................................... 14-216 Inspection .................................................... 14-257
Secondary Shaft 1st Gear Clearance
A/T Interlock System Inspection .................................................... 14-259
Component Location Index ........................... 14-218 Idler Gear Shaft Removal and Installation ... 14-261
Circuit Diagram ............................................... 14-219 Idler Gear/Idler Gear Shaft Replacement ..... 14-262
Shift Lock System Circuit Clutch Disassembly ........................................ 14-263
Troubleshooting ......................................... 14-220 Clutch Inspection ............................................ 14-267
Key Interlock System Troubleshooting ........ 14-221 Clutch Waved-plate Phase Difference
Key Interlock Solenoid Test ........................... 14-222 Inspection .................................................... 14-268
Shift Lock Solenoid Test ................................ 14-223 Clutch Clearance Inspection .......................... 14-269
Shift Lock Solenoid Replacement ................. 14-224 Clutch Reassembly ......................................... 14-272
Park Pin Switch Test ....................................... 14-225
Park Pin Switch Replacement ....................... 14-225 A/T Differential
Component Location Index ........................... 14-289
Transmission End Cover Backlash Inspection ........................................ 14-289
End Cover Removal ........................................ 14-226 Carrier Bearing Replacement ........................ 14-290
Park Lever Stop Inspection and Differential Carrier, Final Driven Gear
Adjustment .................................................. 14-228 Replacement ............................................... 14-290
Idler Gear Shaft Bearing Replacement ......... 14-228 Oil Seal Replacement ..................................... 14-291
Control Shaft Oil Seal Replacement ............. 14-229 Carrier Bearing Outer Race Replacement .... 14-292
Control Shaft Bearing Replacement ............. 14-229 Carrier Bearing Preload Inspection ............... 14-294
ATF Feed Pipes Replacement ........................ 14-230
End Cover Installation .................................... 14-284
02/09/18 13:33:02 62SDA00A_140_0003
Special Tools
Ref.No. Tool Number Description Qty
07GAD-SD40101 Driver Attachment, 78 x 90 mm 1
07HAC-PK40102 Housing Puller 1
07HAJ-PK40201 Preload Inspection Tool 1
07JAC-PH80000 Adjustable Bearing Remover Set 1
-1 07JAC-PH80100 Bearing Remover Attachment 1
-2 07JAC-PH80200 Remover Handle Assembly 1
-3 07741-0010201 Remover Weight 1
07JAD-PH80101 Oil Seal Driver Attachment 1
07KAF-PS30200 Bearing Separator 1
07LAD-PW50601 Attachment, 40 x 50 mm 1
07LAE-PX40000 Clutch Spring Compressor Set 1
-1 07LAE-PX40100 Clutch Spring Compressor Attachment 1
-2 07HAE-PL50101 Clutch Spring Compressor Attachment 1
-3 07GAE-PG40200 Clutch Spring Compressor Bolt Assembly 1
07LGC-0010100 Snap Ring Pliers 1
07PAB-0010000 Mainshaft Holder Set 1
07QAD-P0A0100 Driver Attachement, 42mm I.D. 1
07ZAE-PRP0100 Clutch Compressor Attachment 1
07406-0020004 A/T Oil Pressure Gauge Set 1
07746-0010100 Driver Attachment, 32 x 35 mm 1
07746-0030100 Driver 40 mm I.D. 1
07749-0010000 Handle Driver 1
07947-SD90101 Oil Seal Driver Attachment 1
07947-ZV00100 Oil Seal Driver Attachment 1
14-2
02/09/18 13:33:03 62SDA00A_140_0004
General Troubleshooting Information

How to Check for DTCs with the Honda PGM If the indicator or malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)
Tester or Honda Diagnostic System has been reported on, or if a driveability problem is
suspected, follow this procedure:
When the powertrain control module (PCM) senses an
abnormality in the input or output systems, the 1. Connect the Honda PGM Tester or HDS to the DLC.
indicator (A) in the gauge assembly (B) will usually (See the Honda PGM Tester or HDS user’s manual
blink. for specific instructions.)
B
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), select A/T system
and observe the DTC in the DTCs MENU on the
tester screen.
3. Record all fuel and emissions DTCs, A/T DTCs, and

freeze data.
4. If there is a fuel and emissions DTC, first check the

fuel and emissions system as indicated by the DTC
(except for DTC P0700, DTC P0700 means there is
A one or more A/T DTCs, and no problems were
detected in the fuel and emissions circuit of the
PCM).
5. Clear the DTC and data in the CLEAR MENU.
6. Drive the vehicle for several minutes under the

same conditions as those indicated by the freeze
When the data link connector (DLC) (A) (located under data, and then recheck for a DTC. If the A/T DTC
the left end of the dash) is connected to the Honda PGM returns, go to the DTC troubleshooting Index. If the
Tester or Honda diagnostic system (HDS), it will DTC does not return, there was an intermittent
indicate the diagnostic trouble code (DTC) when the problem within the circuit. Make sure all pins and
ignition switch is turned ON (II). terminals in the circuit are tight.
NOTE: The illustration shows LHD model; RHD model is

symmetrical.
(cont’d)
14-3
02/09/18 13:33:04 62SDA00A_140_0005
General Troubleshooting Information (cont’d)

How to Check for DTCs with the SCS Mode If the indicator and the MIL come on at the same time,
(retrieving the flash codes) or if a driveability problem is suspected, follow this
procedure:
When the PCM senses an abnormality in the input or
output system, the indicator (A) in the gauge 1. Connect the Honda PGM Tester or HDS to the DLC.
assembly (B) will usually blink. (See the Honda PGM Tester or HDS user’s manual
for specific instructions.)
B
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), select SCS mode,
then observe the indicator in the gauge
assembly.
Code 1 through 9 are indicated by individual short
blinks. Code 10 and above are indicated by a series
of long and short blinks. One long blink equals 10
short blinks. Add the long and short blinks together
to determine the code.
Example: DTC 1-1
A
Short blink (once)
ON
OFF
Example: DTC 15-5
Long blink Short blinks (five times)

When the indicator has been reported on, connect
the Honda PGM Tester or HDS to the DLC (A) (located ON
under the left end of the dash). Turn the ignition switch
ON (II), select SCS mode, then the indicator will OFF
indicate the DTC.
3. Record all fuel and emissions DTCs and A/T DTCs.
NOTE: The illustration shows LHD model; RHD model is
symmetrical. 4. If there is a fuel and emissions DTC, first check the
fuel and emissions system as indicated by the DTC
(except DTC 70, DTC 70 means there is one or more
A/T DTCs, and no problems were detected in the
fuel and emissions circuit of the PCM).
5. Clear the DTC and data in the CLEAR MENU.
6. Drive the vehicle for several minutes under the

same cobditions as those indicated by the freeze
data, and then recheck for DTC. If the A/T DTC
returns, go to the DTC Troubleshooting Index. If the
DTC does not return, there was an intermittent
A problem within the circuit. Make sure all pins and
terminals in the circuit are tight.
14-4
02/09/18 13:33:05 62SDA00A_140_0006
Clear A/T DTCs, and PCM Reset Procedures How to Troubleshoot Circuits at the PCM
1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio,
then write down the radio station presets. 1. Pull back the carpet, and remove the passenger’s
console side trim (see page 20-85).
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Inspect the circuit on the PCM, according to the
3. Connect the Honda PGM Tester or HDS to the DLC. DTC troubleshooting with a digital multitester (A)
and tapered tip probe (B) as shown.
4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
5. Select the A/T system, then CLEAR on the tester

screen.
6. Clear the DTC(s) or reset the PCM in CLEAR MENU.
A
B
3. If you cannot get to the wire side of the connector

or the wire side is sealed, disconnect the connector
and use the tester probe to probe the connectors
from the terminal side. Do not force the probe into
the connector.
(cont’d)
14-5
02/09/18 13:33:06 62SDA00A_140_0007
General Troubleshooting Information (cont’d)

PCM Updating and Substitution for Testing How to Substitute the PCM
Special Tools Required 1. Connect the Honda PGM Tester or HDS to the DLC.
Honda Interface Module (HIM) EQS05A35570
Use this procedure when you have to substitute a
known-good PCM in a troubleshooting procedure. 3. Jump the SCS line with the Honda PGM Tester or
Update the PCM only if the PCM does not already have HDS.
the latest software loaded.
4. Remove the PCM, and install a known-good PCM.
Do not turn the ignition switch OFF while updating the
PCM. If you turn the ignition switch OFF, the PCM can 5. Rewrite the immobilizer code with the PCM
be damaged. replacement procedure in the Honda PGM Tester or
HDS; this will allow you to start the engine.
How to Update the PCM
6. After completing your test, reinstall the original
NOTE: PCM and rewrite the immobilizer code with the
• To ensure the latest program is installed, update a PCM replacement procedure in the Honda PGM
PCM whenever the PCM is substituted or replaced. Tester or HDS again.
• You cannot update a PCM with the program it already
has. It will only accept a new program.
• Before you update the PCM, make sure the vehicle’s
battery is fully charged.
• To prevent PCM damage, do not operate any
electrical system; audio system, brakes, air
conditioning, power windows, moonroof, and door
locks, during the update.
• If you need to diagnose the Honda interface module
(HIM) because the HIM’s red (＃3) light came on or
was flashing during the update, leave the ignition
switch in the ON (II) position when you disconnect the
HIM from the DLC. This will prevent PCM damage.
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Do not start the

engine.
2. Connect the Honda interface module (HIM) to the

DLC (A) located under the left end of the dash.
NOTE: The illustration shows LHD model; RHD

model is symmetrical.
3. Update the PCM according to the procedures

described on the HIM label. If the software in the
PCM is the latest, replace the PCM.
14-6
02/09/18 13:33:06 62SDA00A_140_0008
How to Remove and Install the PCM How to End a Troubleshooting Session
1. Pull back the carpet, and remove the driver’s and This procedure must be done after any troubleshooting.
passenger’s console side trims (see page 20-85).
2. Connect the Honda PGM Tester or HDS to the DLC.
2. Connect the Honda PGM Tester or HDS to the DLC.
4. Jump the SCS line with the PGM Tester or HDS.
4. Select the A/T system, then CLEAR on the tester
5. Disconnect PCM connectors. screen.
6. Remove the two bolts, and remove the PCM. 5. Clear the DTC(s) or reset the PCM in CLEAR MENU.
7. Install the PCM in the reverse order of the removal. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
7. Enter the radio code, reset the preset stations, and

set the clock.
8. Start the engine in the or position, and warm

it up to normal operating temperature (the radiator
fan comes on). Do the PCM idle learn procedure
(see page 11-193).
9. Do the power window control unit reset procedure

(see page 22-219).
10. To verify that the problem is repaired, test-drive the

vehicle for several minutes at speeds over 30 mph
(50 km/h) or in freeze data range.
14-7
02/09/18 13:33:06 62SDA00A_140_0009
DTC Troubleshooting Index

NOTE: Record all freeze data and review General Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-3) before you
troubleshoot.
(1)
DTC Indicator MIL Detection Item Page
(2)
P0705 (5-2) Blinks ON Transmission range switch (multiple shift-position (see page 14-72)
input)
P0706 (6-2) (2) OFF ON Transmission range switch (open) (see page 14-77)
P0711 (28-5) (2) Blinks OFF ATF temperature sensor (range/performance) (see page 14-80)
P0712 (28-3) (2) Blinks OFF ATF temperature sensor (short) (see page 14-81)
P0713 (28-4) (2) Blinks OFF ATF temperature sensor (open) (see page 14-82)
P0716 (15-5) (2) Blinks ON Mainshaft speed sensor (range/performance) (see page 14-83)
P0717 (15-3) (2) Blinks ON Mainshaft speed sensor (no signal input) (see page 14-87)
P0718 (15-6) (2) Blinks ON Mainshaft speed sensor (intermittent failure) (see page 14-91)
P0721 (9-5) (2) Blinks ON Countershaft speed sensor (range/performance) (see page 14-93)
P0722 (9-3) (2) Blinks ON Countershaft speed sensor (no signal input) (see page 14-95)
P0723 (9-6) (2) Blinks ON Countershaft speed sensor (intermittent failure) (see page 14-99)
P0747 (76-4) Blinks ON A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A stuck (see page 14-101)
ON
P0752 (70-4) Blinks ON Shift solenoid valve A stuck ON (see page 14-102)
P0756 (71-3) Blinks ON Shift solenoid valve B stuck OFF (see page 14-103)
P0757 (71-4) Blinks ON Shift solenoid valve B stuck ON (see page 14-104)
P0761 (72-3) Blinks ON Shift solenoid valve C stuck OFF (see page 14-105)
NOTE:
(1): The DTC in parentheses is the Honda code that you will see when you use the PGM Tester or the HDS. The first
number(s) before the - (hyphen) is the flash code the indicator indicates when the data link connector is
connected to the Honda PGM Tester, or the HDS, and the tester in SCS mode.
(2): This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the
transmission.
14-8
02/09/18 13:33:07 62SDA00A_140_0010
troubleshoot.
(1)
P0771 (74-3) Blinks ON Shift solenoid valve E stuck OFF (see page 14-106)
P0776 (77-3) Blinks ON A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B stuck (see page 14-107)
OFF
P0777 (77-4) Blinks ON A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B stuck (see page 14-108)
ON
P0780 (45-1) Blinks ON Shift control system (see page 14-109)
P0796 (78-3) Blinks ON A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C stuck (see page 14-110)
OFF
P0797 (78-4) Blinks ON A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C stuck (see page 14-111)
ON
(2)
P0812 (62-2) Blinks OFF Transmission range switch ATP RVS switch (see page 14-112)
(2)
P0842 (25-3) Blinks ON 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (see page 14-114)
(short or stuck ON)
(2)
P0843 (25-4) Blinks ON 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (open (see page 14-116)
or stuck OFF)
(2)
P0847 (26-3) Blinks OFF 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (short (see page 14-118)
or stuck ON)
(2)
P0848 (26-4) Blinks OFF 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (open (see page 14-120)
or stuck OFF)
(2)
P0962 (16-3) Blinks ON A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A (open/ (see page 14-122)
short)
(2)
P0963 (16-4) Blinks ON A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A (see page 14-124)
(2)
P0966 (23-3) Blinks ON A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B (open/ (see page 14-126)
short)
(2)
P0967 (23-4) Blinks ON A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B (see page 14-128)
(2)
P0970 (29-3) Blinks ON A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C (open/ (see page 14-130)
short)
P0971 (29-4) (2) Blinks ON A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C (see page 14-132)
P0973 (7-3) (2) Blinks ON Shift solenoid valve A (short) (see page 14-134)
NOTE:
(1): The DTC is parentheses is the Honda code that you will see when you use the PGM Tester or the HDS. The first
transmission.
(cont’d)
14-9
02/09/18 13:34:18 62SDA00A_140_0011
DTC Troubleshooting Index (cont’d)

troubleshoot.
(1)
P0974 (7-4) (2) Blinks ON Shift solenoid valve A (open) (see page 14-136)
P0976 (8-3) (2) Blinks ON Shift solenoid valve B (short) (see page 14-138)
P0977 (8-4) (2) Blinks ON Shift solenoid valve B (open) (see page 14-140)
P0979 (22-3) (2) Blinks ON Shift solenoid valve C (short) (see page 14-142)
P0980 (22-4) (2) Blinks ON Shift solenoid valve C (open) (see page 14-144)
P0982 (60-3) (2) Blinks ON Shift solenoid valve D (short) (see page 14-146)
P0983 (60-4) (2) Blinks ON Shift solenoid valve D (open) (see page 14-148)
P0985 (61-3) (2) Blinks ON Shift solenoid valve E (short) (see page 14-150)
P0986 (61-4) (2) Blinks ON Shift solenoid valve E (open) (see page 14-152)
• Shift solenoid valves A or D stuck OFF
• Shift solenoid valve B stuck ON
• Shift valves A, B, or D stuck
• Shift solenoid valve E stuck ON
• Shift valve E stuck
• A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A
stuck OFF
• CPC valve A stuck
• Shift solenoid valves B or C stuck ON
• Shift valves B or C stuck
• Shift solenoid valve D stuck ON
• Shift valve D stuck
• A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C
stuck OFF
• CPC valve C stuck
• Shift solenoid valves B or C stuck OFF
• Shift valves B or C stuck
NOTE:
(1): The DTC is parentheses is the Honda code that you will see when you use the PGM Tester or the HDS. The first
transmission.
14-10
02/09/18 13:34:18 62SDA00A_140_0012
Symptom Troubleshooting Index

These symptoms DO NOT trigger diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) or cause the indicator to blink. If the malfunction
indicator lamp (MIL) was reported ON or the indicator has been blinking, check for DTCs. If the vehicle has one of
the symptoms in the following chart, check the probable cause(s) for it, in the sequence listed, until you find the
problem.
Symptom Probable cause(s) Notes
Shift lever cannot A problem in the shift lock system Check the interlock system - shift lock system circuit
be moved from (interlock system) (see page 14-220).
position while
you’re pushing on
the brake pedal
Ignition switch A problem in the key interlock Check the interlock system - key interlock system circuit
cannot be moved system (interlock system) (see page 14-221).
from ACC (I)
position to LOCK
(0) position (key is
pushed in, shift
lever in
position)
(cont’d)
14-11
02/09/18 13:34:18 62SDA00A_140_0013
Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont’d)
Engine runs, but 1. Low ATF level • Check the ATF level and check the ATF cooler lines
vehicle does not 2. Shift cable broken or out of for leakage and loose connections. If necessary, flush
move in any gear adjustment the ATF cooler lines.
3. Joint in shift cable and • Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and the
transmission or body worn transmission control shaft.
4. ATF pump worn or binding • Improper alignment of ATF pump and torque
5. Regulator valve stuck or converter housing may cause ATF pump seizure. The
spring worn symptoms are mostly an rpm-related ticking noise or
6. ATF strainer clogged a high pitched squeak.
7. Mainshaft worn or • Measure line pressure.
damaged • Be careful not to damage the torque converter
8. Final gears worn or housing when replacing the main ball bearing. You
damaged may also damage the ATF pump when you torque
9. Transmission-to-engine down the main valve body. This will result in ATF
assembly error pump seizure if not detected. Use the proper tools.
10. Axle disengaged • Install the main seal flush with the torque converter
housing. If you push it into the torque converter
housing until it bottoms out, it will block the fluid
return passage and result in damage.
• Check if the ATF strainer is clogged. If the ATF
strainer is clogged with particles of steel or aluminum,
inspect the ATF pump. If the ATF pump is OK, find the
damaged components that caused the debris, and
replace the torque converter.
• Inspect the differential pinion gears for wear. If the
differential pinion gears are worn, replace the
differential assembly, replace the ATF strainer,
thoroughly clean the transmission, and flush the
torque converter, cooler, and lines.
Vehicle moves in 1. 1st accumulator defective • Check the 1st clutch pressure.
or , but not in 2. 1st gears worn or damaged • Inspect the clutch piston and O-rings. Check the
the , or 3. 1st clutch defective spring retainer and retainer seal for wear and
position damage. Inspect the clutch end-plate-to-top-disc
clearance. If the clearance is out of tolerance, inspect
the clutch discs and plates for wear and damage. If
the discs are worn or damaged, replace them as a set.
Inspect clutch waved-plate height. If the height is out
of tolerance, replace the waved-plate. If they are OK,
adjust the clearance with the clutch end plate.
• Inspect the 1st clutch feed pipe. If the 1st clutch feed
pipe is scored, replace it and the O-ring under the
feed pipe guide.
• Replace the secondary shaft if the bushing for the 1st
clutch feed pipe is loose or damaged.
14-12
02/09/18 13:34:19 62SDA00A_140_0014
Vehicle moves in 1. 2nd accumulator • Check the 2nd clutch pressure.

, , , , but defective • Inspect the clutch piston and O-rings. Check the spring
not in the 2. 2nd gears worn or retainer and retainer seal for wear and damage. Inspect the
position damaged clutch end-plate-to-top-disc clearance. If the clearance is out
3. 2nd clutch defective of tolerance, inspect the clutch discs and plates for wear and
damage. If the discs are worn or damaged, replace them as a
set. Inspect clutch waved-plate height. If the height is out of
tolerance, replace the waved-plate. If they are OK, adjust the
clearance with the clutch end plate.
Vehicle moves in 1. Shift solenoid valve E • Check the indicator, and check for loose connectors. Inspect
, , , , but defective the shift solenoid valve E for seizure, and O-rings for wear and
not in the 2. Shift fork shaft stuck damage.
position 3. Shift valve E defective • Check for a missing shift fork bolt on the shift fork shaft.
4. 4th/reverse • Check the 4th clutch pressure.
accumulator defective • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve, and
5. 4th clutch defective O-rings. Check the spring retainer for wear and damage.
6. Reverse gears worn or Inspect the clutch end-plate-to-top-disc clearance. If the
damaged clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch discs and
plates for wear and damage. If the discs are worn or damaged,
replace them as a set. Inspect clutch waved-plate height. If the
height is out of tolerance, replace the waved-plate. If they are
OK, adjust the clearance with the clutch end plate.
• Inspect the reverse selector gear teeth chamfers, and inspect
the engagement teeth chamfers of the countershaft 4th and
reverse gear. Replace the reverse gears and the reverse
selector if they are worn or damaged. If the transmission
makes a clicking, grinding, or whirring noise, also replace the
mainshaft 4th gear, reverse idler gear, and countershaft 4th
gear.
Poor 1. Low ATF level • Check the ATF level and check the ATF cooler lines for leakage
acceleration; 2. Shift cable broken or and loose connections. If necessary, flush the ATF cooler lines.
flares on starting out of adjustment • Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and the
off in the , 3. ATF pump worn or transmission control shaft.
and , binding • Improper alignment of ATF pump and torque converter
positions: 4. Regulator valve stuck housing may cause ATF pump seizure. The symptoms are
Stall speed high or spring worn mostly an rpm-related ticking noise or a high pitched squeak.
in and 5. ATF strainer clogged • Check if the ATF strainer is clogged. If the ATF strainer is
positions, and in 6. Torque converter check clogged with particles of steel or aluminum, inspect the ATF
the and valve defective pump. If the ATF pump is OK, find the damaged components
positions in 1st that caused the debris, and replace the torque converter.
and 2nd gears
(cont’d)
14-13
02/09/18 13:34:19 62SDA00A_140_0015
Poor acceleration; 2nd clutch defective • Check the 2nd clutch pressure.
flares on starting • Inspect the clutch piston, and O-rings. Check the
off in the , and spring retainer and retainer seal for wear and
positions: damage. Inspect the clutch end-plate-to-top-disc
Stall speed high clearance. If the clearance is out of tolerance, inspect
when starting off the clutch discs and plates for wear and damage. If
in the position the discs are worn or damaged, replace them as a set.
Poor acceleration; 1. Shift cable broken or out of • Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and the
flares on starting adjustment transmission control shaft.
off in the , and 2. 4th clutch defective • Check the 4th clutch pressure in the and
positions: positions.
Stall speed high in • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve,
the position and O-rings. Check the spring retainer for wear and
damage. Inspect the clutch end-plate-to-top-disc
clearance. If the clearance is out of tolerance, inspect
the clutch discs and plates for wear and damage. If
Poor acceleration; 1. Shift solenoid valve E • Check the indicator, and check for loose
Stall speed low in defective connectors. Inspect the shift solenoid valve E for
the and 2. Torque converter one-way seizure, and O-ring for wear and damage.
positions, and in clutch defective • Replace the torque converter.
the and 3. Engine output low • Check the ATF cooler system for restriction.
positions in 1st 4. Torque converter clutch
and 2nd gears piston defective
5. Lock-up shift valve
defective
6. Restricted ATF cooler
Poor acceleration; 1. Engine output low • Replace the torque converter.

Stall speed low in 2. Torque converter clutch
the position piston defective
defective
14-14
02/09/18 13:34:20 62SDA00A_140_0016
Engine idle 1. Low ATF level • Check the ATF level and check the ATF cooler lines for leakage
vibration 2. Shift solenoid valve E and loose connections. If necessary, flush the ATF cooler lines.
defective • Improper alignment of ATF pump and torque converter
3. Drive plate defective or housing may cause ATF pump seizure. The symptoms are
transmission mostly an rpm-related ticking noise or a high pitched squeak.
misassembled • Inspect the ATF strainer for clogging with particles of steel or
4. Engine output low aluminum. If the ATF strainer is clogged, replace it, and flush
5. Torque converter clutch the torque converter, cooler, and lines.
piston defective • Check the indicator, and check for loose connectors. Inspect
6. ATF pump worn or the shift solenoid valve E for seizure, and O-rings for wear and
binding damage.
7. Lock-up shift valve • Check for a misinstalled/damaged drive plate.
defective • Set idle rpm in gear to the specified idle speed. If still no good,
8. Misadjusted engine and adjust the engine and transmission mounts as outlined in the
transmission mounts engine section of this shop manual.
• Replace the torque converter.
Vehicle moves 1. Excessive ATF • Check the ATF level, and drain the ATF if it is over-filled.
in the 2. Foreign material in • Check the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th clutch pressures.
position separator plate orifice • Check if the ATF strainer is clogged. If the ATF strainer is
3. Relief valve defective clogged with particles of steel or aluminum, inspect the ATF
4. 1st clutch defective pump. If the ATF pump is OK, find the damaged components
5. 2nd clutch defective that caused the debris, and replace the torque converter.
6. 3rd clutch defective • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve, and O-
7. 4th clutch defective rings. Check the spring retainer and retainer seal (1st, 2nd and
8. 5th clutch defective 3rd) for wear and damage. Inspect the clutch end-plate-to-top-
9. Clutch end plate-to-top disc clearance. If the clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the
disc clearance incorrect clutch discs and plates for wear and damage. If the discs are
10. Needle bearing seized up, worn or damaged, replace them as a set. Inspect clutch
worn, or damaged waved-plate height. If the height is out of tolerance, replace
11. Thrust washer seized up, the waved-plate. If they are OK, adjust the clearance with the
worn, or damaged clutch end plate.
• Inspect the 1st clutch feed pipe. If the 1st clutch feed pipe is
scored, replace the end cover.
• Inspect the 3rd clutch feed pipe. If the 3rd clutch feed pipe is
scored, replace it and O-ring under the feed pipe guide.
• Replace the secondary shaft if the bushing for the 1st or 3rd
• Inspect the 5th clutch feed pipe. If the 5th clutch feed pipe is
scored, replace it and the O-ring under the feed pipe guide.
• Replace the mainshaft if the bushing for the 5th clutch feed
pipe is loose or damaged.
(cont’d)
14-15
02/09/18 13:34:20 62SDA00A_140_0017
Late shift from 1. Shift solenoid valve E • Check the indicator, and check for loose connectors.
the position defective Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket and O-rings for
to the and 2. A/T clutch pressure control wear and damage, and inspect the solenoid valves for
positions, solenoid valve A defective seizure.
or excessive 3. A/T clutch pressure control • Check the mainshaft speed sensor and countershaft
shock when solenoid valve B defective speed sensor installation.
shifted into the 4. A/T clutch pressure control • Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and the
and solenoid valve C defective transmission control shaft.
positions 5. Shift cable broken or out of • Check the 1st clutch pressure.
adjustment • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve, and
6. Joint in shift cable and O-rings. Check the spring retainer and retainer seal for
transmission or body worn wear and damage. Inspect the clutch end-plate-to-top-disc
7. Mainshaft speed sensor clearance. If the clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the
defective clutch discs and plates for wear and damage. If the discs
8. Countershaft speed sensor are worn or damaged, replace them as a set. Inspect
defective clutch waved-plate height. If the height is out of tolerance,
9. ATF temperature sensor replace the waved-plate. If they are OK, adjust the
defective clearance with the clutch end plate.
10. Foreign material in • Inspect the 1st clutch feed pipe. If the 1st clutch feed pipe
separator plate orifice is scored, replace the end cover.
11. Servo control valve • Replace the secondry shaft if the bushing for the 1st
defective clutch feed pipe is loose or damaged.
12. 1st accumulator defective
13. 1st check ball stuck
defective
15. 1st clutch defective
Late shift from 1. Shift solenoid valve E • Check the indicator, and check for loose connectors.
the position defective Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket and O-rings for
to the 2. A/T clutch pressure control wear and damage, and inspect the solenoid valves for
position, or solenoid valve A defective seizure.
excessive 3. Shift cable broken or out of • Check the mainshaft speed sensor and countershaft
shock when adjustment speed sensor installation.
shifted into the 4. Joint in shift cable and • Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and the
position transmission or body worn transmission control shaft.
5. Mainshaft speed sensor • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve, and
defective O-rings. Check the spring retainer for wear and damage.
6. Countershaft speed sensor Inspect the clutch end-plate-to-top-disc clearance. If the
defective clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch discs and
7. ATF temperature sensor plates for wear and damage. If the discs are worn or
defective damaged, replace them as a set. Inspect clutch waved-
8. Shift fork shaft stuck plate height. If the height is out of tolerance, replace the
9. Foreign material in waved-plate. If they are OK, adjust the clearance with the
separator plate orifice clutch end plate.
10. Shift valve E defective • Check for a missing shift fork bolt on the shift fork shaft.
11. 4th/reverse accumulator • Check the 4th clutch pressure.
defective • Inspect the servo valve and O-ring.
defective
13. 4th clutch defective
14-16
02/09/18 13:34:21 62SDA00A_140_0018
No shift 1. Mainshaft speed sensor Check the , and check for loose connectors. Check the
defective mainshaft and countershaft speed sensor installation.
2. Countershaft speed sensor
defective
Excessive shock or 1. A/T clutch pressure control • Check the indicator, and check for loose
flares on all solenoid valve B defective connectors. Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket
upshifts and 2. A/T clutch pressure control and O-rings for wear and damage, and inspect the
downshifts solenoid valve C defective solenoid valves for seizure.
3. Mainshaft speed sensor • Check the mainshaft speed sensor and countershaft
defective speed sensor installation.
defective
5. ATF temperature sensor
defective
6. Foreign material in
separator plate orifice
Excessive shock or 1. Shift solenoid valve E • Check the indicator, and check for loose
flares on 1-2 defective connectors. Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket
upshift or 2-1 2. A/T clutch pressure control and O-rings for wear and damage, and inspect the
downshift solenoid valve A defective solenoid valves for seizure.
3. A/T clutch pressure control • Check the 1st and 2nd clutch pressures.
solenoid valve B defective • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve,
4. A/T clutch pressure control and O-rings. Check the spring retainer and retainer
solenoid valve C defective seal for wear and damage. Inspect the clutch end-
5. 2nd clutch transmission plate-to-top-disc clearance. If the clearance is out of
fluid pressure switch tolerance, inspect the clutch discs and plates for wear
defective and damage. If the discs are worn or damaged,
6. Foreign material in replace them as a set. Inspect clutch waved-plate
separator plate orifice height. If the height is out of tolerance, replace the
7. 1st accumulator defective waved-plate. If they are OK, adjust the clearance with
8. 2nd accumulator defective the clutch end plate.
9. 1st check ball stuck • Inspect the 1st clutch feed pipe. If the 1st clutch feed
10. 2nd check ball stuck pipe is scored, replace the end cover.
11. Lock-up shift valve • Replace the secondary shaft if the bushing for the 1st
defective clutch feed pipe is loose or damaged.
12. 1st clutch defective
13. 2nd clutch defective
(cont’d)
14-17
02/09/18 13:34:21 62SDA00A_140_0019
Excessive 1. A/T clutch pressure control • Check the indicator, and check for loose connectors.
shock or flares solenoid valve B defective Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket for wear and
on 2-3 upshift 2. A/T clutch pressure control damage, and inspect the solenoid valves for seizure.
or 3-2 solenoid valve C defentive • Check the 2nd and 3rd clutch pressures.
downshift 3. 3rd clutch transmission • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve, and
fluid pressure switch O-rings. Check the spring retainer and retainer seal for
defective wear and damage. Inspect the clutch end-plate-to-top-disc
4. Foreign material in clearance. If the clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the
separator plate orifice clutch discs and plates for wear and damage. If the discs
5. 2nd accumulator defective are worn or damaged, replace them as a set. Inspect
6. 3rd accumulator defective clutch waved-plate height. If the height is out of tolerance,
7. 2nd check ball stuck replace the waved-plate. If they are OK, adjust the
8. 2nd clutch defective clearance with the clutch end plate.
9. 3rd clutch defective • Inspect the 3rd clutch feed pipe. If the 3rd clutch feed pipe
is scored, replace it and the O-ring under the feed pipe
guide.
• Replace the secondary shaft if the bushing for the 3rd
Excessive 1. A/T clutch pressure control • Check the indicator, and check for loose connectors.
shock or flares solenoid valve B defective Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket and O-rings for
on 3-4 upshift 2. A/T clutch pressure control wear and damage, and inspect the solenoid valves for
or 4-3 solenoid valve C defective seizure.
downshift 3. Foreign material in • Check the 3rd and 4th clutch pressures.
separator plate orifice • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve, and
4. 3rd accumulator defective O-rings. Check the spring retainer and retainer seal (3rd)
5. 4th accumulator defective for wear and damage. Inspect the clutch end-plate-to-top-
6. 3rd clutch defective disc clearance. If the clearance is out of tolerance, inspect
7. 4th clutch defective the clutch discs and plates for wear and damage. If the
discs are worn or damaged, replace them as a set. Inspect
clutch waved-plate height. If the height is out of tolerance,
replace the waved-plate. If they are OK, adjust the
clearance with the clutch end plate.
• Inspect the 3rd clutch feed pipe. If the 3rd clutch feed pipe
is scored, replace it and the O-ring under the feed pipe
guide.
• Replace the secondary shaft if the bushing for the 3rd
14-18
02/09/18 13:34:22 62SDA00A_140_0020
Excessive shock or 1. A/T clutch pressure control • Check the indicator, and check for loose
flares on 4-5 solenoid valve B defective connectors. Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket
upshift or 5-4 2. A/T clutch pressure control and O-rings for wear and damage, and inspect the
downshift solenoid valve C defective solenoid valves for seizure.
3. Foreign material in • Check the 4th and 5th clutch pressures.
separator plate orifice • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve,
4. 4th accumulator defective and O-rings. Check the spring retainer for wear and
5. 5th accumulator defective damage. Inspect the clutch end-plate-to-top-disc
6. 4th clutch defective clearance. If the clearance is out of tolerance, inspect
7. 5th clutch defective the clutch discs and plates for wear and damage. If
• Inspect the 5th clutch feed pipe. If the 5th clutch feed
pipe is scored, replace it and the O-ring under the
feed pipe guide.
• Replace the mainshaft if the bushing for the 5th
Noise from 1. ATF pump worn or binding • Improper alignment of ATF pump and torque
transmission in all 2. Mainshaft bearing, converter housing may cause ATF pump seizure. The
shift lever countershaft bearing, or symptoms are mostly an rpm-related ticking noise or
positions secondary shaft bearing a high pitched squeak.
defective • Be careful not to damage the torque converter
housing when replacing the main ball bearing. You
may also damage the ATF pump when you torque
down the main valve body. This will result in ATF
pump seizure if not detected. Use the proper tools.
• Install the main seal flush with the torque converter
housing. If you push it into the torque converter
housing until it bottoms out, it will block the fluid
return passage and result in damage.
• Inspect the ATF strainer for clogging with particles of
steel or aluminum. If the ATF strainer is clogged,
replace it, and flush the torque converter, cooler, and
lines.
• Inspect the mainshaft, countershaft and secondary
shaft for wear or damage.
Vehicle does not Torque converter one-way clutch • Replace the torque converter.
accelerate more defective • Check the ATF cooler system for restriction.
than 31 mph
(50 km/h)
Vibration in all Drive plate defective or • Check for a misinstalled/damaged drive plate.
shift lever transmission misassembled • Set idle rpm in gear to the specified idle speed. If still
positions no good, adjust the engine and transmission mounts
as outlined in the engine section of this shop manual.
(cont’d)
14-19
02/09/18 13:36:03 62SDA00A_140_0021
Shift lever 1. Transmission range switch • Check the indicator, and check for loose connectors.
does not defective or out of Inspect the transmission range switch for operation.
operate adjustment • Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and the
smoothly 2. Shift cable broken or out of transmission control shaft.
adjustment
3. Joint in shift cable and
transmission or body worn
Transmission 1. Shift cable broken or out of • Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and the
does not shift adjustment transmission control shaft.
into 2. Joint in shift cable and • Check the park pawl spring installation and the park lever
position transmission or body worn spring installation. If installation is incorrect, install the
3. Park mechanism defective spring correctly. Make sure that the park lever stop is not
installed upside down. Check the distance between the
park pawl shaft and park lever roller pin. If the distance is
out of tolerance, adjust the distance with the park lever
stop.
Lock-up clutch 1. Shift solenoid valve E • Check the indicator, and check for loose connectors.
does not defective Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket for wear and
disengage 2. A/T clutch pressure control damage, and inspect the solenoid valves for seizure.
solenoid valve A defective • Replace the torque converter.
3. Torque converter clutch
piston defective
defective
5. Lock-up control valve
defective
operates defective Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket for wear and
unstable 2. A/T clutch pressure control damage, and inspect the solenoid valves for seizure.
piston defective
4. Torque converter check
valve defective
defective
defective
14-20
02/09/18 13:36:03 62SDA00A_140_0022
does not defective Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket for wear and
engage 2. A/T clutch pressure control damage, and inspect the solenoid valves for seizure.
3. Mainshaft speed sensor • Check the mainshaft speed sensor and countershaft
defective speed sensor installation.
defective
piston defective
6. Torque converter check
valve defective
defective
defective
A/T gear 1. Transmission range switch • Check the indicator, and check for loose connectors.
position defective or out of Inspect the transmission range switch operation.
indicator does adjustment • Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and the
not indicate 2. Shift cable broken or out of transmission control shaft.
shift lever adjustment
positions 3. Joint in shift cable and
transmission or body worn
Speedometer Countershaft speed sensor • Check the indicator, and check for loose connectors.
and odometer defective Inspect the transmission range switch operation.
do not operate • Check the countershaft speed sensor installation.
Transmission Engine rocker arms defective Check the engine rocker arms as described in the engine
shifts up section of this shop manual.
during low-rev
engine speed
condition;
engine cannot
rev up to high
speed
14-21
02/09/18 13:36:04 62SDA00A_140_0023
System Description
General Operation
The automatic transmission is a combination of a 3-element torque converter and triple-shaft electronically controlled
unit which provides 5 speeds forward and 1 reverse. The entire unit is positioned in line with the engine.
Torque Converter, Gears, and Clutches

The torque converter consists of a pump, turbine, and stator assembly in a single unit. The converter housing (pump)
is connected to the engine crankshaft and turns as the engine turns. Around the outside of the torque converter is a
ring gear which meshes with the starter pinion when the engine is being started. The entire torque converter assembly
serves as a flywheel while transmitting power to the transmission mainshaft, the transmission has three parallel
shafts; the mainshaft, the countershaft, the secondary shaft. The mainshaft is in line with the engine crankshaft, and
includes the 4th and 5th clutches, and gears for 5th, 4th, reverse, and idler. The mainshaft reverse gear is integral with
the mainshaft 4th gear. The countershaft includes the gears for 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, reverse, park, and the final drive.
The final drive gear is integral with the countershaft. The countershaft 4th gear and the countershaft reverse gear can
be locked to the countershaft providing 4th or reverse gear, depending on which way the selector is moved. The
secondary shaft includes the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd clutches, and gears for 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and idler. The idler shaft is located
between the mainshaft and secondary shaft, and the idler gear transmits power between the mainshaft and the
secondary shaft. The gears on the mainshaft and the secondary shaft are in constant mesh with those on the
countershaft. When certain combinations of gears in the transmission are engaged by the clutches, power is
transmitted through the mainshaft then to the secondary shaft, and/or to the countershaft to provide drive.
Electronic Control
The electronic control system consists of the powertrain control module (PCM), sensors, and solenoid valves. Shifting
and lock-up are electronically controlled for comfortable driving under all conditions. The PCM is located below the
dashboard, under the front lower panel behind the center console.
Hydraulic Control
The valve bodies include the main valve body, the regulator valve body, and the servo body. They are bolted to the
torque converter housing. The main valve body contains the manual valve, the shift valves A, B, C, and E, the relief
valve, the lock-up control valve, the cooler check valve, the servo control valve, and the ATF pump gears. The
regulator valve body contains the regulator valve, the torque converter check valve, lock-up shift valve, and the 1st
and 3rd accumulators. The servo body contains the servo valve, shift valve D, accumulators for 2nd, 4th, and 5th, and
shift solenoid valves for A, B, C, D, and E. Fluid from the regulator passes through the manual valve to the various
control valves. The 1st, 3rd, 5th clutches receive fluid from their respective feed pipes, and the 2nd and the 4th
clutches receive fluid from the internal hydraulic circuit.
Shift Control Mechanism

The PCM controls shifts via the shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E, and the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
valves A, B, and C, while receiving input signals from various sensors and switches located throughout the vehicle.
The shift solenoid valves shift the positions of the shift valves to switch the port leading hydraulic pressure to the
clutch. The A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C regulate their respective pressure, and pressurize
the clutches to engage it and its corresponding gear. The pressures of the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves
also apply to the shift valves to switch the port.
Lock-up Mechanism
The lock-up mechanism operates in position (2nd, 3rd, 4th and 5th), and in position (2nd and 3rd). The
pressurized fluid is drained from the back of the torque converter through a fluid passage, causing the torque
converter clutch piston to be held against the torque converter cover. As this takes place, the mainshaft rotates at the
same speed as the engine crankshaft. Together with the hydraulic control, the PCM optimizes the timing and volume
of the lock-up mechanism. When the shift solenoid valve E is turned on by the PCM, shift solenoid valve E pressure
switches the lock-up shift valve on and off. The A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and the lock-up control
valve control the volume of the lock-up conditions.
14-22
02/09/18 13:36:04 62SDA00A_140_0024
Gear Selection
The shift lever has seven positions: PARK, REVERSE, NEUTRAL, 1st through 5th gear ranges, 1st through
3rd gear ranges, 2nd gear, and 1st gear.
Position Description
PARK Front wheels locked; park pawl engaged with park gear on countershaft. All clutches are
released.
REVERSE Reverse; reverse selector engaged with countershaft reverse gear and 4th clutch engaged.
NEUTRAL All clutches are released.
DRIVE General driving; starts off in 1st, shifts automatically to 2nd, 3rd, 4th, then 5th, depending on
(1st through 5th) vehicle speed and throttle position. Downshifts through 4th, 3rd, 2nd, and 1st on deceleration
to stop. The lock-up mechanism operates in 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th gear.
DRIVE Used for rapid acceleration at highway speeds and general driving; up-hill and down-hill
(1st through 3rd) driving; starts off in 1st, shifts automatically to 2nd, then 3rd, depending on vehicle speed and
throttle position.
Downshifts through 2nd to 1st on deceleration to stop. The lock-up mechanism operates in 2nd
and 3rd gear.
SECOND Used for engine braking or better traction starting off on loose or slippery surfaces; stays in
2nd gear; does not shift up or down.
FIRST Used for engine braking; stays in 1st gear; does not shift up.
Starting is possible only in the and positions because of a slide-type neutral-safety switch.
Automatic Transaxle (A/T) Gear Position Indicator

The A/T gear position indicator in the instrument panel shows which position has been selected without having to look
down at the shift lever.
(cont’d)
14-23
02/09/18 13:36:05 62SDA00A_140_0025
System Description (cont’d)

Clutches and Gears
The 5-speed automatic transmission uses hydraulically-actuated clutches to engage or disengage the transmission
gears. When hydraulic pressure is introduced into the clutch drum, the clutch piston moves. This presses the friction
discs and steel plates together, locking them so they don’t slip. Power is then transmitted through the engaged clutch
pack to its hub-mounted gear. Likewise, when the hydraulic pressure is bled from the clutch pack, the piston releases
the friction discs and steel plates, and they are free to slide past each other. This allows the gear to spin independently
on its shaft, transmitting no power.
1st Clutch
The 1st clutch engages/disengages 1st gear, and is located at the middle of the secondary shaft. The 1st clutch is
joined back-to-back to the 3rd clutch. The 1st clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure by its ATF feed pipe within the
secondary shaft.
2nd Clutch
The 2nd clutch engages/disengages 2nd gear, and is located at the end of the secondary shaft, opposite the end cover.
The 2nd clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure by a circuit connected to the internal hydraulic circuit.
3rd Clutch
The 3rd clutch engages/disengages 3rd gear, and is located at the middle of the secondary shaft. The 3rd clutch is
joined back-to-back to the 1st clutch. The 3rd clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure by its ATF feed pipe within the
secondary shaft.
4th Clutch
The 4th clutch engasges/disengages 4th gear, as well as reverse gear, and is located at the middle of the mainshaft.
The 4th clutch is joined back-to-back to the 5th clutch. The 4th clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure by its ATF feed
pipe within the mainshaft.
5th Clutch
The 5th clutch engages/disengages 5th gear, and is located at the middle of the mainshaft. The 5th clutch is joined
back-to-back to the 4th clutch. The 5th clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure by its ATF feed pipe within the mainshaft.
Gear operation
Gears on the mainshaft:
• 4th gear engages/disengages with the mainshaft by the 4th clutch.
• 5th gear engages/disengages with the mainshaft by the 5th clutch.
• Reverse gear engages/disengages with the mainshaft by the 4th clutch.
• Idler gear is splined with the mainshaft, and rotates with the mainshaft.
Gears on the countershaft:

• Final drive gear is integral with the countershaft.
• 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 5th, and park gears are splined with the countershaft, and rotate with the countershaft.
• 4th gear and reverse gear rotate freely from the countershaft. The reverse selector engages 4th gear and reverse
gear with the reverse selector hub. The reverse selector hub is splined to the countershaft so that the 4th gear and
reverse gear engage with the countershaft.
Gears on the secondary shaft:

• 1st gear engages/disengages with the secondary shaft by the 1st clutch.
• 2nd gear engages/disengages with the secondary shaft by the 2nd clutch.
• 3rd gear engages/disengages with the secondary shaft by the 3rd clutch.
• Idler gear is splined with the secondary shaft, and rotates with the secondary shaft.
The idler gear on the idler shaft transmits power between the mainshaft and the secondary shaft.
The reverse idler gear transmits power from the mainshaft reverse gear to the countershaft reverse gear, and changes
rotation direction of the countershaft to reverse.
14-24
02/09/18 13:36:07 62SDA00A_140_0026
Transmission Cutaway View
TORQUE CONVERTER
COUNTERSHAFT 3RD GEAR
MAINSHAFT
REVERSE MAINSHAFT 5TH 5TH GEAR
IDLER GEAR 4TH GEAR CLUTCH RING GEAR
4TH
MAINSHAFT MAINSHAFT CLUTCH
IDLER GEAR REVERSE GEAR
PARK GEAR
FINAL DRIVE
GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
5TH GEAR
IDLER SHAFT COUNTERSHAFT
IDLER GEAR 2ND GEAR
REVERSE COUNTERSHAFT
SELECTOR 1ST GEAR
HUB
SECONDARY 2ND CLUTCH
SHAFT IDLER
GEAR
SECONDARY
SHAFT
COUNTERSHAFT 2ND GEAR
REVERSE GEAR
3RD
REVERSE CLUTCH
SELECTOR
1ST
COUNTER CLUTCH
SHAFT
4TH GEAR DIFFERENTIAL
SECONDARY ASSEMBLY
SHAFT
SECONDARY 1ST GEAR
SHAFT 3RD GEAR
FINAL DRIVEN
GEAR
(cont’d)
14-25
02/09/18 13:36:08 62SDA00A_140_0027

Power Flow (cont’d)
Position
Hydraulic pressure is not applied to the clutches. Power is not transmitted to the countershaft. The countershaft is
locked by the park pawl interlocking the park gear.
Position
Engine power transmitted from the torque converter drives the mainshaft idler gear, the idler shaft idler gear, and the
secondary shaft idler gear, but hydraulic pressure is not applied to the clutches. Power is not transmitted to the
countershaft. In this position, the position of the reverse selector differs according to whether the shift lever shifted
from the or position:
• When shifted from the position, the reverse selector engages with the countershaft 4th gear and the reverse
selector hub, and the 4th gear engages with the countershaft.
• When shifted from the position, the reverse selector engages with the countershaft reverse gear and the reverse
selector hub, and the reverse gear engages with the countershaft.
REVERSE
SELECTOR HUB
TORQUE
MAINSHAFT PARK GEAR REVERSE CONVERTER
IDLER GEAR SELECTOR
IDLER SHAFT
IDLER GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
SECONDARY
SHAFT
IDLER GEAR COUNTERSHAFT
REVERSE GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
4TH GEAR
14-26
02/09/18 13:36:09 62SDA00A_140_0028
1st Gear
• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 1st clutch, then the 1st clutch engages the secondary shaft 1st gear with the
secondary shaft.
• The mainshaft idler gear drives the secondary shaft via the idler shaft idler gear and the secondary shaft idler gear.
• The secondary shaft 1st gear drives the countershaft 1st gear and the countershaft.
• Power is transmitted to the final drive gear, which in turn drives the final driven gear.
TORQUE
CONVERTER
COUNTERSHAFT
MAINSHAFT 1ST GEAR
IDLER GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
IDLER SHAFT
IDLER GEAR FINAL DRIVE
GEAR
SECONDARY SHAFT
SECONDARY
SHAFT
IDLER GEAR
1ST CLUTCH
SECONDARY
SHAFT
1ST GEAR
FINAL DRIVEN
GEAR
(cont’d)
14-27
02/09/18 13:36:10 62SDA00A_140_0029

2nd Gear
• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 2nd clutch, then the 2nd clutch engages the secondary shaft 2nd gear with the
secondary shaft.
• The mainshaft idler gear drives the secondary shaft via the idler shaft idler gear and the secondary shaft idler gear.
• The secondary shaft 2nd gear drives the countershaft 2nd gear and the countershaft.
TORQUE
CONVERTER
COUNTERSHAFT
MAINSHAFT 2ND GEAR
IDLER GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
IDLER SHAFT
GEAR
SECONDARY SHAFT
SECONDARY
SHAFT
IDLER GEAR
2ND CLUTCH
SECONDARY
SHAFT
2ND GEAR
FINAL DRIVEN
GEAR
14-28
02/09/18 13:36:11 62SDA00A_140_0030
3rd Gear
• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 3rd clutch, then the 3rd clutch engages the secondary shaft 3rd gear with the
secondary shaft.
• The mainshaft idler gear drives the secondary shaft via the idler shaft idler gear and secondary shaft idler gear.
• The secondary shaft 3rd gear drives the countershaft 3rd gear and the countershaft.
TORQUE
CONVERTER
MAINSHAFT
IDLER GEAR COUNTERSHAFT
3RD GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
IDLER SHAFT
GEAR
SECONDARY
SHAFT
IDLER GEAR SECONDARY SHAFT
SECONDARY
SHAFT 3RD CLUTCH
3RD GEAR
FINAL DRIVEN
GEAR
(cont’d)
14-29
02/09/18 13:37:18 62SDA00A_140_0031

4th Gear
• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the servo valve to engage the reverse selector with the countershaft 4th gear and
reverse selector hub while the shift lever is in forward range ( , , and positions).
• Hydraulic pressure is also applied to the 4th clutch, then the 4th clutch engages the mainshaft 4th gear with the
mainshaft.
• The mainshaft 4th gear drives the countershaft 4th gear and countershaft.
MAINSHAFT TORQUE
4TH GEAR CONVERTER
4TH CLUTCH
MAINSHAFT
COUNTERSHAFT
FINAL DRIVE
GEAR
REVERSE
SELECTOR HUB
REVERSE
SELECTOR
COUNTERSHAFT
4TH GEAR
FINAL DRIVEN
GEAR
14-30
02/09/18 13:37:19 62SDA00A_140_0032
5th Gear
• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 5th clutch, then the 5th clutch engages the mainshaft 5th gear with the
mainshaft.
• The mainshaft 5th gear drives the countershaft 5th gear and the countershaft.
5TH CLUTCH TORQUE

MAINSHAFT CONVERTER
5TH GEAR
MAINSHAFT
COUNTERSHAFT
FINAL DRIVE
GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
5TH GEAR
FINAL DRIVEN
GEAR
(cont’d)
14-31
02/09/18 13:37:20 62SDA00A_140_0033

Position
• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the servo valve to engage the reverse selector with the countershaft reverse gear
and reverse selector hub while the shift lever is in the position.
• Hydraulic pressure is also applied to the 4th clutch, then the 4th clutch engages the mainshaft reverse gear with the
mainshaft.
• The mainshaft reverse gear drives the countershaft reverse gear via the reverse idler gear.
• The rotation direction of the countershaft reverse gear is changed by the reverse idler gear.
• The countershaft reverse gear drives the countershaft via the reverse selector which drives the reverse selector hub.
REVERSE 4TH CLUTCH TORQUE

IDLER GEAR CONVERTER
MAINSHAFT
REVERSE GEAR MAINSHAFT
COUNTERSHAFT
FINAL DRIVE
GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
REVERSE GEAR
REVERSE
SELECTOR HUB
REVERSE
SELECTOR
FINAL DRIVEN
GEAR
14-32
02/09/18 13:37:21 62SDA00A_140_0034
Electronic Control System

Functional Diagram
The electronic control system consists of the powertrain control module (PCM), sensors, and solenoid valves.
Shifting and lock-up are electronically controlled for comfortable driving under all conditions.
The PCM recieves input signals from the sensors, switches, and other control units, perform processing data, and
outputs signals for the engine control system and A/T control system. The A/T control system includes shift control,
grade logic control, clutch pressure control, and lock-up control is stored in the PCM.
The PCM switches the shift solenoid valves and the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves to control shifting
transmission gears and lock-up torque converter clutch.
PCM
Engine RPM Signal
Throttle Position
Sensor Signal
PGM-FI Control Multiplex Gauge Assembly

Engine Coolant System A/T Gear Position Indicator
Temperature Sensor Signal
Barometric Pressure
Sensor Signal
Manifold Absolute
Pressure Sensor Signal
A/T Control System
ATF Temperature
Sensor Signal Shift Solenoid Valve A
Service Check Signal Shift Control Shift Solenoid Valve B
Grade Logic Control Shift Solenoid Valve C

• Ascending control
• Descending control
Transmission Shift Solenoid Valve D
Range
Switch Automatic
Signal Shift Solenoid Valve E 5-speed and
Reverse
A/T Clutch Pressure
Control Solenoid Valve A
Clutch Pressure A/T Clutch Pressure
Mainshaft Speed Control Control Solenoid Valve B
Sensor Signal
A/T Clutch Pressure
Countershaft Speed Control Solenoid Valve C
Sensor Signal
Lock-up
Lock-up Control ON/OFF
2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid
Pressure Switch Signal
Lock-up
Self-diagnosis/ Conditions
3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Fail-safe Function Vehicle Speed Signal
Pressure Switch Signal Communication and Data Link Connector
Output Function
Brake Pedal Position
Switch Signal
Shift Lock Control Shift Lock Solenoid
Cruise Control Unit
Downshift Request Signal
(cont’d)
14-33
02/09/18 13:37:22 62SDA00A_140_0035

Electronic Control System (cont’d)
Electronic Controls Location
NOTE: The illustration shows LHD model; RHD model is symmetrical.

Cabin
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY
BOX
POWERTRAIN CONTROL
MODULE (PCM)
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC)
PARK PIN SWITCH
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID

Engine Compartment
2ND CLUTCH COUNTERSHAFT
TRANSMISSION FLUID MAINSHAFT SPEED
SPEED SENSOR SENSOR
PRESSURE SWITCH
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE

CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE A
TRANSMISSION
RANGE SWITCH
3RD CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
PRESSURE SWITCH
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE C
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE

CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C
SHIFT SOLENOID
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE VALVE B
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE E
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE D
ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR
14-34
02/09/18 13:37:23 62SDA00A_140_0036
Shift Control
The PCM instantly determines which gear should be selected by various signals sent from sensors and switches, and
it actuates the shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E to control shifting.
Also, a Grade Logic Control System has been adopted to control shifting in and positions. The PCM compares
actual driving conditions with memorized driving conditions, based on the input from the throttle position sensor, the
engine coolant temperature sensor, the barometric pressure sensor, the brake pedal position switch signal, and the
shift lever position signal, to control shifting while the vehicle is ascending or descending a slope.
PCM Gauge Assembly
A/T Gear Position

Engine RPM Signal Indicator
Engine RPM
control
Shift position Multiplex

control
Fail-safe control
Transmission
Range
Switch Signal
Actual Driving
Shift Position
Comparison with Signals

Read of ATF
Throttle Position Temperature
Sensor Signal Shift Solenoid
Valve A
Master Target of Shift Solenoid
Countershaft Speed Shifting Position Valve B
Sensor Signal
Shift Solenoid
Correction of Data Valve C
Mainshaft Speed Selection of
Sensor Signal shifting mode Shift Solenoid
Valve D
Grade Logic Control
ATF Temperature Shift Solenoid
• Ascending mode Valve E
Sensor Signal
• Descending mode
Calculation of
Brake Pedal Position gradient
Switch Signal
Engine Coolant Correction of engine

Temperature coolant temperature
Sensor Signal sensor signal data
Barometric
Pressure
Sensor Signal
(cont’d)
14-35
02/09/18 13:37:24 62SDA00A_140_0037

The PCM turns on and off the shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E to control transmission gear shifting. The
combination of driving signals to shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E are shown in table below.
Position Gear position Shift solenoid valves

A B C D E
, Shifting from position OFF ON ON OFF OFF
Stays in 1st ON ON ON OFF OFF
Shifting gears between 1st and 2nd OFF ON ON OFF OFF
Stays in 2nd OFF ON OFF ON OFF
Shifting gears between 2nd and 3rd OFF ON ON ON OFF
Stays in 3rd OFF OFF ON OFF OFF
Shifting gears between 3rd and 4th OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
Stays in 4th ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
Shifting gears between 4th and 5th ON OFF OFF ON OFF
Stays in 5th ON OFF ON ON OFF
2nd gear OFF ON OFF ON OFF
1st gear ON ON ON OFF OFF
Shifting from and position OFF ON OFF OFF ON
Stays in reverse ON ON OFF OFF ON
Reverse inhibit OFF OFF ON OFF OFF
Park OFF ON OFF OFF ON
Neutral OFF ON ON OFF OFF
NOTE: For a description of the reverse inhibit mode, refer to page 14-64.
14-36
02/09/18 13:37:25 62SDA00A_140_0038
Grade Logic Control

Ascending Control
When the PCM determines that the vehicle is climbing a hill in and positions, the system extends the
engagement area of 2nd, 3rd, and 4th gears to prevent the transmission from frequently shifting between 2nd and 3rd
gears, between 3rd and 4th gears, and between 4th and 5th gears, so the vehicle can run smooth and have more
power when needed.
Shift schedules stored in the PCM between 2nd and 3rd gears, between 3rd and 4th gears, and between 4th and 5th
gears, enable it to automatically select the most suitable gear according to the magnitude of a gradient.
ASCENDING MODE: Upshift Schedule
100%
1ST 2ND 3RD 4TH
Throttle opening
: FLAT ROAD MODE

: GRADUAL ASCENDING MODE
50 4TH 5TH : MEDIUM ASCENDING MODE
: STEEP ASCENDING MODE

: HEAVY STEEP ASCENDING MODE
0
62 mph (100 km/h) Vehicle speed
Descending Control
When the PCM determines that the vehicle is going down a hill in and positions, the shift-up speed from 4th to
5th gear, from 3rd to 4th gear, and from 2nd to 3rd gear (when the throttle is closed) becomes faster than the set speed
for flat road driving to widen the 4th gear, 3rd gear, and 2nd gear driving area. This, in combination with engine
braking from the deceleration lock-up, achieves smooth driving when the vehicle is descending. There are three
descending modes with different 4th gear driving areas, 3rd gear driving areas, and 2nd gear driving areas according
to the magnitude of a gradient stored in the PCM. When the vehicle is in 5th gear or 4th gear, and you are decelerating
when you are applying the brakes on a steep hill, the transmission will downshift to lower gear. When you accelerate,
the transmission will then return to a higher gear.
DECENDING MODE: Downshift Schedule

100%
1ST 2ND 3RD 4TH 5TH

Throttle opening
: FLAT ROAD MODE

: GRADUAL DESCENDING MODE
50
: MEDIUM DESCENDING MODE
: STEEP DESCENDING MODE
0
62 mph (100 km/h) Vehicle speed
(cont’d)
14-37
02/09/18 13:37:26 62SDA00A_140_0039

Clutch Pressure Control
The PCM actuates the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B and C to control the clutch pressure. When
shifting between lower and higher gears, the clutch pressure regulated by the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
valves A, B, and C engage and disengage the clutch smoothly.
The PCM receives input signals from the various sensors and switches, performs data processing, and outputs a
current to the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C.
PCM
Ignition timing PGM-FI

requirement Control
Mainshaft Speed System
Sensor Signal
Countershaft Speed
Sensor Signal Actual Decision of
driving shift shifting
position mode
Throttle Position
Sensor Signal
A/T Clutch
Master Target of Current Pressure Control
Controlling Current feedback Solenoid Valves
A, B and C
Manifold Absolute
Correction of
Pressure Sensor Signal Data
Barometric Pressure
Correction of engine
Sensor Signal
Engine RPM Signal

torque signal data
2nd Clutch
Transmission Fluid Correction of hydraulic
Pressure Switch Signal pressure applying
timing
3rd Clutch
Transmission Fluid
Pressure Switch Signal Correction of engine
coolant temperature
sensor data
Engine Coolant
Temperature
Sensor Signal Correction of ATF
temperature sensor
signal data
ATF Temperature
Sensor Signal
14-38
02/09/18 13:37:27 62SDA00A_140_0040
Lock-up Control
The shift solenoid valve E controls the hydraulic pressure to switch the lock-up shift valve and lock-up ON and OFF.
The PCM actuates the shift solenoid valve E and the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A to control the torque
converter clutch lock-up. When the shift solenoid valve E is turned ON, the lock-up condition starts.
The A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A regulates and apply the hydraulic pressure to the lock-up control
valve to control the amount of the lock-up.
The lock-up mechanism operates in 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th gears in position, and 2nd and 3rd gears in position.
PCM
Engine Coolant Engine coolant

Temperature temperature control
Sensor Signal
Transmission Gear Shifting position
Selection Shift Switch control
Signal
Barometric
Pressure
Transmission Sensor
Range Signal Gradient control
Switch Signal by magnitude
Throttle Position
Sensor Signal
Fail-safe control
Countershaft Speed
Sensor Signal Actual
driving
shift
position Lock-up Control
• Lock-up ON/OFF
Mainshaft Speed control
Sensor Signal • Lock-up condition
control
Shift Solenoid
Correction Valve E
ATF Temperature of ATF
Sensor Signal temperature
sensor data
Engine RPM Signal Driving shift
position
information
Master Target of
Controlling Current
A/T Clutch
Current feedback Pressure
Control Solenoid
Valve A
(cont’d)
14-39
02/09/18 13:38:38 62SDA00A_140_0041

PCM Electrical Connections
IGNITION SWITCH PCM A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE

BATTERY CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE A
E9 C1
IG1 LS A＋
BAT IG1
SHIFT LOCK A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SOLENOID CONTROL SOLENOID
IG1 HOT in ON (II) VALVE B
and START (III) E2 C15
SLS LS B＋
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE C
C7
LS C＋
BRAKE PEDAL
POSITION SWITCH SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A
E22 C6
BK SW SH A
SHIFT SOLENOID
BRAKE LIGHT VALVE B
C4
SH B
SHIFT SOLENOID
D12 VALVE C
CCS C2
SH C
CRUISE CONTROL UNIT
D11
ATCCFWD SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE D
For some models C5
SH D
SHIFT SOLENOID
E23 VALVE E
K−LINE C3
SH E
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
E29
SCS
GAUGE CONTROL MODULE

C14
E11 ATFT ATF
CAN H
TEMPERATURE
CPU E24 SENSOR
CAN L
Driver Dimming Circuit A29 THROTTLE

TPS POSITION
A23 SENSOR
SG2
P R N D D3 2 1
A20
D10 VCC2
Detection Circuit MET INH A18 COUNTERSHAFT
NC SPEED
SENSOR
A30 MANIFOLD
P D6 ABSOLUTE
ATP P MAP PRESSURE
R D5 A24
ATP R SG1 SENSOR
N C20
ATP N A21
TRANSMISSION D C17 VCC1
RANGE ATP D C19 MAINSHAFT
SWITCH D3 C9 NM SPEED
ATP D3 SENSOR
2 C11
ATP 2−1
1
C18
ATP FWD
C12
ATP RVS
2ND CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
A5 C13 PRESSURE SWITCH
PG1 OP2SW
A4
PG2
A9 3RD CLUTCH
LG1 TRANSMISSION FLUID
A8 C10 PRESSURE SWITCH
LG2 OP3SW
PCM Connector Terminal Locations
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 5 6 2 3 4 5 7 (8) 9
10 12 13 14 15 16 18 19 20 21 8 10 (11) 13 15 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 10 (11) (12) (10) 11 12 (14) 15 16 (17) 18 20 21
23 24 (28) 29 30 31 17 18 21 17 18 19 20 22 23 24 25 26 (27) 29 30
A (31P) B (24P) C (22P) D (17P) E (31P)
14-40
02/09/18 13:38:39 62SDA00A_140_0042
PCM Inputs and Outputs
The PCM terminal voltage and measuring conditions are shown for the connector terminals that are related to the A/T control system. The
other terminal voltage and measuring conditions are described in section 11.
A (31P) B (24P) C (22P) D (17P) E (31P)
PCM CONNECTOR A (31P)
Terminal Wire Color Signal Description Measuring Conditions/Terminal Voltage

Number
A2 YEL/BLK IGP2 Power supply circuit from main relay With ignition switch ON (II): Battery voltage
With ignition switch OFF: 0 V
A3 YEL/BLK IGP1 Power supply circuit from main relay With ignition switch ON (II): Battery voltage
A4 BLK PG2 Ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
A5 BLK PG1 Ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
A8 BRN/YEL LG2 Ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
A9 BRN/YEL LG1 Ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
A18 BLK/BLU NC Countershaft speed sensor signal With ignition switch ON (II): 0 V or about 5 V
input While driving: About 2.5 V
A20 YEL/BLU VCC2 Power supply circuit for sensors With ignition switch ON (II): About 5 V
A21 YEL/RED VCC1 Power supply circuit for sensors With ignition switch ON (II): About 5 V
A23 GRN/YEL SG2 Sensor ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
A24 GRN/WHT SG1 Sensor ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
(cont’d)
14-41
02/09/18 13:38:40 62SDA00A_140_0043

PCM Inputs and Outputs (cont’d)
A (31P) B (24P) C (22P) D (17P) E (31P)
PCM CONNECTOR C (22P)
Terminal Wire Color Signal Description Measuring Condition/Terminal Voltage

Number
C1 RED/BLK LS A＋ A/T clutch pressure control solenoid With ignition switch ON (II): Pulsing signal
valve A power supply positive
electrode
C2 GRN SH C Shift solenoid valve C control Battery voltage in these positions:
• and
• 1st, 3rd, and 5th gears in and
• Reverse inhibit in
0 V in these positions:
• , , and
• 2nd and 4th gears in and
C3 YEL SH E Shift solenoid valve E control Battery voltage in these positions:
• and
• , , , , and
C4 GRN/WHT SH B Shift solenoid valve B control Battery voltage in these positions:
• , , , , and
• 1st and 2nd gears in and
• 3rd, 4th, and 5th gears in and
C5 GRN/RED SH D Shift solenoid valve D control Battery voltage in these positions:
•
• 2nd and 5th gears in and
• , , , and
• 1st, 3rd, and 4th gears in and
C6 BLU/BLK SH A Shift solenoid valve A control Battery voltage in these positions:
• and
• 1st, 4th, and 5th gears in and
• , , and
• 2nd and 3rd gears in and
C7 BLU/YEL LS C＋ A/T clutch pressure control solenoid With ignition switch ON (II): Pulsing signal
valve C power supply electrode
14-42
02/09/18 13:38:40 62SDA00A_140_0044
Terminal Wire Color Signal Description Measuring Condition/Terminal Voltage

Number
C9 RED ATP D3 Transmission range switch position In the position: 0 V
signal input In other than the position: Battery voltage
C10 BLU/WHT OP3SW 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure With ignition switch ON (II): About 5 V
switch signal input With 3rd clutch pressure: 0 V
C11 GRN/RED ATP 2-1 Transmission range switch and In the and positions: 0 V
position signals input In other than the and positions: Battery voltage
C12 RED/WHT ATP RVS Transmission range switch RVS ( In position: 0 V
position) signal input In other than the position: Battery voltage
C13 BLU/RED OP2SW 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure With ignition switch ON (II): About 5 V
switch signal input With 2nd clutch pressure: 0 V
C14 RED/YEL ATFT ATF temperature sensor signal input With ignition switch ON (II): 0.2 V−4.8 V
C15 BRN/WHT LS B＋ A/T clutch pressure control solenoid With ignition switch ON (II): Pulsing signal
valve B power supply electrode
C17 YEL/GRN ATP D Transmission range switch position In the position: 0 V
C18 BLU/YEL ATP FWD Transmission range switch , , and In the , , and positions: 0 V
position signals input In other than the , , and positions: Battery voltage
C19 WHT/RED NM Mainshaft speed sensor signal input With ignition switch ON (II): 0 V or about 5 V
With engine at idling in position: About 2.5 V
C20 RED/BLK ATP N Transmission range switch position In the position: 0 V
(cont’d)
14-43
02/09/18 13:38:41 62SDA00A_140_0045

PCM Inputs and Outputs (cont’d)
A (31P) B (24P) C (22P) D (17P) E (31P)
PCM CONNECTOR D (17P)

Number
D5 WHT ATP R Transmission range switch position In the position: 0 V
input In other than the position: Battery voltage
D6 BLU/RED ATP P Transmission range switch position In the position: 0 V
input In other than the position: Battery voltage
D10 GRN METINH A/T gear position indicator control With ignition switch ON (II): Battery voltage
signal output
D11 PNK ATCCFWD Transmission range switch and In the and positions: 0 V
position signals output to cruise In other than the and position: Battery voltage
control unit
D12 BLU/BLK CCS Downshift signal input from cruise When cruise control is used: Pulsing signal
control unit
PCM CONNECTOR E (31P)

Number
E2 YEL/BLK SLS Shift lock solenoid control With ignition switch ON (II), in the position, brake pedal
(ground side) pressed, and accelerator released: 0 V
E9 BLK/YEL IG1 Power supply circuit for solenoid With ignition switch ON (II): Battery voltage
valves With ignition switch OFF: 0 V
E11 WHT CAN H F-CAN communication with network With ignition switch ON (II): Pulsing signal
E22 WHT/BLK BKSW Brake pedal position switch signal Brake pedal pressed: Battery voltage
input Brake pedal released: 0 V
E23 BLU K-LINE Communication line PCM-to-DLC With ignition switch ON (II): Battery voltage
E24 RED CAN L F-CAN communication with network With ignition switch ON (II): Pulsing signal
E29 BRN SCS Detects service check signal With the SCS shorted with the PGM tester or the HDS: About
0V
With the SCS open: About 5 V
14-44
02/09/18 13:38:42 62SDA00A_140_0046
Hydraulic Controls
Valve Bodies
The valve body includes the main valve body, the regulator valve body, and the servo body. The ATF pump is driven
by splines on the left end of the torque converter which is attached to the engine. Fluid flows through the regulator
valve to maintain specified pressure through the main valve body to the manual valve, directing pressure to the shift
valves and to each of the clutches via the solenoid valves. The shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E are bolted on the
servo body. The A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C are mounted on the outside of the
transmission housing.
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE D A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A SHIFT SOLENOID CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE E VALVE B
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE B SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE C A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE C
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE

CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE A
SERVO BODY
REGULATOR
VALVE BODY
MAIN VALVE BODY
(cont’d)
14-45
02/09/18 13:38:43 62SDA00A_140_0047

Hydraulic Controls (cont’d)
Main Valve Body
The main valve body contains the manual valve, the shift valves A, B, C, and E, the relief valve, the lock-up control
valve, the cooler check valve, the servo control valve, and the ATF pump gears. The primary function of the main valve
body is to switch fluid pressure on and off and to control hydraulic pressure going to the hydraulic control system.
MAIN VALVE BODY SHIFT VALVE A

SHIFT VALVE B
MANUAL VALVE
SHIFT VALVE C
RELIEF VALVE
SERVO CONTROL VALVE

COOLER CHECK VALVE
SHIFT VALVE E
LOCK-UP CONTROL VALVE
Regulator Valve Body

The regulator valve body contains the regulator valve, the torque converter check valve, lock-up shift valve, and the
1st and 3rd accumulators.
REGULATOR VALVE
TORQUE CONVERTER
CHECK VALVE REGULATOR VALVE BODY
LOCK-UP SHIFT VALVE
14-46
02/09/18 13:38:44 62SDA00A_140_0048
Regulator Valve
The regulator valve maintains a constant hydraulic pressure from the ATF pump to the hydraulic control system, while
also furnishing fluid to the lubrication system and torque converter. The fluid from the ATF pump flows through B and
C. Fluid entering from B flows through the valve orifice to the A cavity. This pressure of the A cavity pushes the
regulator valve to the right side, and this movement of the regulator valve uncovers the fluid port to the torque
converter and the relief valve. The fluid flows out to the torque converter and the relief valve, and the regulator valve
moves to the left side. According to the level of the hydraulic pressure through B, the position of the regulator valve
changes, and the amount of fluid from C through torque converter also changes. This operation is continued,
maintaining the line pressure.
NOTE: When used, ‘‘left’’ or ‘‘right’’ indicates direction on the illustration below.
To TORQUE
CONVERTER To LUBRICATION
ORIFICE
A
B C
From ATF PUMP
REGULATOR VALVE
Increases in hydraulic pressure according to torque are performed by the regulator valve using stator torque reaction.
The stator shaft is splined with the stator in the torque converter, and its arm end contacts the regulator spring cap.
When the vehicle is accelerating or climbing (Torque Converter Range), stator torque reaction acts on the stator shaft,
and the stator arm pushes the regulator spring cap in the direction of the arrow in proportion to the reaction. The
stator reaction spring compresses, and the regulator valve moves to increase the line pressure which is regulated by
the regulator valve. The line pressure reaches its maximum when the stator torque reaction reaches its maximum.
TORQUE CONVERTER STATOR
REGULATOR VALVE
REGULATOR
SPRING CAP
STATOR SHAFT STATOR SHAFT
ARM END
(cont’d)
14-47
02/09/18 13:38:46 62SDA00A_140_0049

Hydraulic Controls (cont’d)
Servo Body
The servo body contains the servo valve, the shift valve D, accumulators for 2nd, 4th, and 5th, and shift solenoid
valves for A, B, C, D, and E.
SHIFT SOLENOID SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A VALVE D
SHIFT SOLENOID SHIFT SOLENOID

VALVE B VALVE E
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE C
SERVO BODY
SERVO VALVE SHIFT VALVE D
Accumulator
The accumulators are located in the regulator valve body and the servo body. The regulator valve body contains the
1st and 3rd accumulators, and the servo body contains the 2nd, 4th, and 5th accumulators.
2ND ACCUMULATOR
5TH ACCUMULATOR
3RD ACCUMULATOR
SERVO BODY
1ST ACCUMULATOR
4TH ACCUMULATOR
REGULATOR
VALVE BODY
14-48
02/09/18 13:38:46 62SDA00A_140_0050
Hydraulic Flow
Distribution of Hydraulic Pressure
As the engine turns, the ATF pump starts to operate. Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) is drawn through the ATF
strainer (filter) and discharged into the hydraulic circuit. Then, ATF flowing from the ATF pump becomes line pressure
that’s regulated by the regulator valve. Torque converter pressure from the regulator valve enters the torque converter
through the lock-up shift valve, and it is discharged from the torque converter. The torque converter check valve
prevents torque converter pressure from rising.
The PCM controls the shift solenoid valves ON and OFF. The shift valve intercepts line pressure from the ATF pump
via the manual valve when the shift solenoid valve is OFF. When the shift solenoid valve is turned ON, line pressure
changes to shift solenoid valve pressure at the shift solenoid valve, then the solenoid valve pressure flows to the shift
valve. Applying shift solenoid pressure to the shift valves moves the position of the shift valve, and switches the port
of the hydraulic circuit. The PCM also controls A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C. The A/T clutch
pressure control solenoid valves regulate hydraulic pressure, and apply the pressure to the clutches for engaging
smoothly. The clutches are received optimum clutch pressure which is regulated by the A/T clutch pressure control
solenoid valves for comfortable driving and shifting under all conditions.
Hydraulic pressure at the port is as follows:

PORT DESCRIPTION OF PRESSURE PORT DESCRIPTION OF PRESSURE
NO. NO.
1 LINE SB SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
3 LINE SC SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C
3’ LINE SD SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE D
4 LINE SE SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE E
4’ LINE 10 1ST CLUTCH
4’’ LINE 20 2ND CLUTCH
7 LINE 30 3RD CLUTCH
1A LINE or A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL 40 4TH CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE A
1B LINE 50 5TH CLUTCH
3A LINE 55 A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A
3B LINE 55’ A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A
3C LINE 56 A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B
5A LINE 57 A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C
5B LINE 90 TORQUE CONVERTER
5C LINE 91 TORQUE CONVERTER
5D LINE 92 TORQUE CONVERTER
5E LINE or A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL 93 ATF COOLER
SOLENOID VALVE B
5F LINE or A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL 94 TORQUE CONVERTER
SOLENOID VALVE A or B
5G A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL 95 LUBRICATION
SOLENOID VALVE B
5H A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL 96 TORQUE CONVERTER
SOLENOID VALVE C
5J A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL 97 TORQUE CONVERTER
SOLENOID VALVE C
5K A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL 99 SUCTION
SOLENOID VALVE C
5L A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL X DRAIN
SOLENOID VALVE C
5N A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL HX HIGH POSITION DRAIN
SOLENOID VALVE C
SA SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A AX AIR DRAIN
(cont’d)
14-49
02/09/18 13:39:57 62SDA00A_140_0051

Hydraulic Flow (cont’d)
Position
The PCM controls the shift solenoid valves. The conditions of the shift solenoid valves and positions of the shift valves
are as follows:
• Shift solenoid valve A: OFF, and shift valve A keeps in right side
• Shift solenoid valve B: ON, and shift valve B moves to left side
• Shift solenoid valve C: ON, and shift valve C moves to left side
• Shift solenoid valve D: OFF, and shift valve D keeps in left side
• Shift solenoid valve E: OFF, and shift valve E keeps in left side
Line pressure (1) flows to the shift solenoid valves and the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. Under this
condition, hydraulic pressure is not applied to the clutches.
NOTE: When used, ‘‘left’’ or ‘‘right’’ indicates direction on the hydraulic circuit.
2ND
3RD CLUTCH 3RD 1ST 1ST 4TH 5TH 5TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID CLUTCH CLUTCH ACCUMULATOR CLUTCH CLUTCH ACCUMULATOR 2ND CLUTCH
PRESSURE SWITCH TRANSMISSION FLUID
PRESSURE SWITCH
TORQUE
CONVERTER
30 10 95 40 50 95 20
30 95 10 40 50 20 2ND
4TH
30 3RD ACCUMULATOR ACCUMULATOR
ACCUMULATOR 20
SHIFT
SOLENOID
SA VALVES
X XX 5A X X 56 5E 10
SERVO CONTROL A: OFF
5H 5C 5B 5G 4 SC VALVE 1
57 57 X 4’ 4 3
91 SHIFT
VALVE B: ON
C
90 SB
94 SC
SHIFT 3C C: ON
VALVE X
B SHIFT 1
5L 5H 5B 3C 5G 5E 5C SB
VALVE E
SE X 3B 3’ 3 4
D: OFF
X 5N 5K 5J 10 X 40 5F
SD
SE
E: OFF
1
X 55’ 94 91 5K
LOCK-UP X 5N 50 30 1A 55’ 5F SA SD 5L 5J 1A 55’
SHIFT VALVE SHIFT 55
VALVE
7 55 96 92 93 SE SHIFT D
XX 1B X 20 X 57 X 1 X A
VALVE A X X AX
1
56
TORQUE B
MANUAL VALVE X X AX
CONVERTER 1B 5A 3 7 1 4
CHECK 4’’
AX
VALVE 90 90 90 96 55 97 57
HX X 3A
AX C
93 93 92
HX X X AX
X X X IDLE 4
X SHAFT
COOLER LOCK-UP IDLER GEAR

4’ A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
CHECK CONTROL MAINSHAFT 4’’ CONTROL SOLENOID VALVES
X 3B 3A
VALVE 93 VALVE COUNTERSHAFT
FINAL DRIVE
GEAR
3’
SECONDARY
SHAFT
RELIEF VALVE 95 7
92 95 SERVO VALVE
ATF X
COOLER X
REGULATOR 1 1
VALVE
99
ATF PUMP
14-50
02/09/18 13:40:01 62SDA00A_140_0052
Position: 1st gear shifting from position

Shift solenoid valves remain the same as in the position, when shifting to the position from . The manual valve
is moved to the position, and switches the port of line pressure (4) leading to the A/T clutch pressure control
solenoid valves. Hydraulic pressure line to the 1st clutch from the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A is
created as shift solenoid valve A is OFF, B and C keep ON. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A pressure (55)
changes to 1st clutch pressure (10) at the shift valve B, and flows to the 1st clutch. The 1st clutch is engaged gently
when shifting to the position from .
2ND
PRESSURE SWITCH
TORQUE
CONVERTER
30 10 95 40 50 95 20
30 95 10 40 50 20 2ND
4TH
ACCUMULATOR 20
SHIFT
SOLENOID
SA VALVES
X XX 5A X X 56 5E 10
57 57 X 4’ 4 3
91 SHIFT
VALVE B: ON
C
90 SB
94 SC
SHIFT 3C C: ON
VALVE X
B SHIFT 1
5L 5H 5B 3C 5G 5E 5C SB
VALVE E
SE X 3B 3’ 3 4
D: OFF
X 5N 5K 5J 10 X 40 5F
SD
SE
E: OFF
1
X 55’ 94 91 5K
VALVE
7 55 96 92 93 SE SHIFT D
XX 1B X 20 X 57 X 1 X A
VALVE A X X AX
1
56
TORQUE B
MANUAL VALVE X X AX
CHECK 4’’
AX
VALVE 90 90 90 96 55 97 57
HX X 3A
AX C
93 93 92
HX X X AX
X X X IDLE 4
X SHAFT

X 3B 3A
FINAL DRIVE
GEAR
3’
SECONDARY
SHAFT
RELIEF VALVE 95 7
92 95 SERVO VALVE
ATF X
COOLER X
REGULATOR 1 1
VALVE
99
ATF PUMP
(cont’d)
14-51
02/09/18 13:40:04 62SDA00A_140_0053

Position: Driving in 1st gear
The PCM turns shift solenoid valves A ON, and keeps B and C ON,and D and E OFF. Shift solenoid valve A pressure
(SA) is applied to the right side of the shift valve A. The shift valve A is moved to the left side to uncover the port of line
pressure leading to the 1st clutch, and to cover the ports of A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve pressures.
Fluid flows to the 1st clutch by way of:

Line pressure (1) → Shift valve D−Line pressure (1A) → Shift valve A−Line pressure (1B) → Manual valve−Line
pressure (5A) → Shift valve C−Line pressure (5B) → Shift valve B−1st clutch pressure (10) → 1st clutch
The 1st clutch pressure (10) is applied to the 1st clutch, and the 1st clutch is engaged securely.
2ND
PRESSURE SWITCH
TORQUE
CONVERTER
30 10 95 40 50 95 20
30 95 10 40 50 20 2ND
4TH
ACCUMULATOR 20
SHIFT
SOLENOID
SA VALVES
X XX 5A X X 56 5E 10
SERVO CONTROL A: ON
57 57 X 4’ 4 3
91 SHIFT
VALVE B: ON
C
90 SB
94 SC
SHIFT 3C C: ON
VALVE X
B SHIFT 1
5L 5H 5B 3C 5G 5E 5C SB
VALVE E
SE X 3B 3’ 3 4
D: OFF
X 5N 5K 5J 10 X 40 5F
SD
SE
E: OFF
1
X 55’ 94 91 5K
VALVE
7 55 96 92 93 SE SHIFT D
XX 1B X 20 X 57 X 1 X A
VALVE A X X AX
1
56
TORQUE B
MANUAL VALVE X X AX
CHECK 4’’
AX
VALVE 90 90 90 96 55 97 57
HX X 3A
AX C
93 93 92
HX X X AX
X X X IDLE 4
X SHAFT

X 3B 3A
FINAL DRIVE
GEAR
3’
SECONDARY
SHAFT
RELIEF VALVE 95 7
92 95 SERVO VALVE
ATF X
COOLER X
REGULATOR 1 1
VALVE
99
ATF PUMP
14-52
02/09/18 13:40:08 62SDA00A_140_0054
Position: Shifting between 1st gear and 2nd gear

As the speed of the vehicle reaches the prescribed value, the PCM turns shift solenoid valve A OFF, and keeps B and C
ON, and D and E OFF. Shift solenoid valve A pressure (SA) in the right side of the shift valve A is released. The shift
valve A is moved to the right side to uncover the ports of A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves pressures
leading to the 1st and 2nd clutches. The PCM controls the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves to regulate
hydraulic pressure. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A pressure (55) changes to 1st clutch pressure (10) at
the shift valve B, and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B pressure (56) changes to 2nd clutch pressure (20) at
the shift valve A. The 1st and 2nd clutches are engaged gently.
2ND
PRESSURE SWITCH
TORQUE
CONVERTER
30 10 95 40 50 95 20
30 95 10 40 50 20 2ND
4TH
ACCUMULATOR 20
SHIFT
SOLENOID
SA VALVES
X XX 5A X X 56 5E 10
57 57 X 4’ 4 3
91 SHIFT
VALVE B: ON
C
90 SB
94 SC
SHIFT 3C C: ON
VALVE X
B SHIFT 1
5L 5H 5B 3C 5G 5E 5C SB
VALVE E
SE X 3B 3’ 3 4
D: OFF
X 5N 5K 5J 10 X 40 5F
SD
SE
E: OFF
1
X 55’ 94 91 5K
VALVE
7 55 96 92 93 SE SHIFT D
XX 1B X 20 X 57 X 1 X A
VALVE A X X AX
1
56
TORQUE B
MANUAL VALVE X X AX
CHECK 4’’
AX
VALVE 90 90 90 96 55 97 57
HX X 3A
AX C
93 93 92
HX X X AX
X X X IDLE 4
X SHAFT

X 3B 3A
FINAL DRIVE
GEAR
3’
SECONDARY
SHAFT
RELIEF VALVE 95 7
92 95 SERVO VALVE
ATF X
COOLER X
REGULATOR 1 1
VALVE
99
ATF PUMP
(cont’d)
14-53
02/09/18 13:40:11 62SDA00A_140_0055

Position: Driving in 2nd gear
The PCM turns shift solenoid valves C OFF, D ON, and keeps A and E OFF, and B ON. Shift solenoid valve C pressure
(SC) in the right side of the shift valve C is released. The shift valve C is moved to the right side to switch the ports.
This movement covers A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves pressures to stop at the shift valves C and A, and
uncover the port of line pressure leading to the 2nd clutch.
Fluid flows to 2nd clutch by way of:

Line pressure (1) → Manual valve−Line pressure (4) → Shift valve C−Line pressure (5E) → Shift valve B−Line
pressure (5F) → Shift valve A−2nd clutch pressure (20) → 2nd clutch
The 2nd clutch pressure (20) is applied to the 2nd clutch, and the 2nd clutch is engaged securely.
2ND
PRESSURE SWITCH
TORQUE
CONVERTER
30 10 95 40 50 95 20
30 95 10 40 50 20 2ND
4TH
ACCUMULATOR 20
SHIFT
SOLENOID
SA VALVES
X XX 5A X X 56 5E 10
57 57 X 4’ 4 3
91 SHIFT
VALVE B: ON
C
90 SB
94 SC
SHIFT 3C C: OFF
VALVE X
B SHIFT 1
5L 5H 5B 3C 5G 5E 5C SB
VALVE E
SE X 3B 3’ 3 4
D: ON
X 5N 5K 5J 10 X 40 5F
SD
SE
E: OFF
1
X 55’ 94 91 5K
VALVE
7 55 96 92 93 SE SHIFT D
XX 1B X 20 X 57 X 1 X A
VALVE A X X AX
1
56
TORQUE B
MANUAL VALVE X X AX
CHECK 4’’
AX
VALVE 90 90 90 96 55 97 57
HX X 3A
AX C
93 93 92
HX X X AX
X X X IDLE 4
X SHAFT

X 3B 3A
FINAL DRIVE
GEAR
3’
SECONDARY
SHAFT
RELIEF VALVE 95 7
92 95 SERVO VALVE
ATF X
COOLER X
REGULATOR 1 1
VALVE
99
ATF PUMP
14-54
02/09/18 13:40:15 62SDA00A_140_0056
Position: Shifting between 2nd gear and 3rd gear

As the speed of the vehicle reaches the prescribed value, the PCM turns shift solenoid valves C ON, and keeps A and E
OFF, and B and D ON. Shift solenoid valve C pressure (SC) is applied to the right side of the shift valve C. The shift
valve C is moved to the left side to uncover the ports of A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves pressures leading
to the 2nd and 3rd clutches. The PCM controls the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves to regulate hydraulic
pressure. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B pressure (56) changes to 2nd clutch pressure (20) at the shift
valve A, and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C pressure (57) changes to 3rd clutch pressure (30) at the shift
valve A. The 2nd and 3rd clutches are engaged gently.
2ND
PRESSURE SWITCH
TORQUE
CONVERTER
30 10 95 40 50 95 20
30 95 10 40 50 20 2ND
4TH
ACCUMULATOR 20
SHIFT
SOLENOID
SA VALVES
X XX 5A X X 56 5E 10
57 57 X 4’ 4 3
91 SHIFT
VALVE B: ON
C
90 SB
94 SC
SHIFT 3C C: ON
VALVE X
B SHIFT 1
5L 5H 5B 3C 5G 5E 5C SB
VALVE E
SE X 3B 3’ 3 4
D: ON
X 5N 5K 5J 10 X 40 5F
SD
SE
E: OFF
1
X 55’ 94 91 5K
VALVE
7 55 96 92 93 SE SHIFT D
XX 1B X 20 X 57 X 1 X A
VALVE A X X AX
1
56
TORQUE B
MANUAL VALVE X X AX
CHECK 4’’
AX
VALVE 90 90 90 96 55 97 57
HX X 3A
AX C
93 93 92
HX X X AX
X X X IDLE 4
X SHAFT

X 3B 3A
FINAL DRIVE
GEAR
3’
SECONDARY
SHAFT
RELIEF VALVE 95 7
92 95 SERVO VALVE
ATF X
COOLER X
REGULATOR 1 1
VALVE
99
ATF PUMP
(cont’d)
14-55
02/09/18 13:40:19 62SDA00A_140_0057

Position: Driving in 3rd gear
The PCM turns shift solenoid valves B and D OFF, and keeps A and E OFF, and C ON. Shift solenoid valve B pressure
(SB) in the right side of the shift valve B is released, and the shift valve B is moved to the right side. Shift solenoid
valve D pressure (SD) in the left side of the shift valve D is released, and the shift valve D is moved to the left side.
These valves movement switches the port of A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C pressure leading to the 3rd
clutch.
A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C pressure (57) changes to (5J) at the shift solenoid valve D and to (5K) at
the shift valve B, and becomes 3rd clutch pressure (30) at the shift valve A. The 3rd clutch pressure (30) is applied to
the 3rd clutch, and the 3rd clutch is engaged securely.
2ND
PRESSURE SWITCH
TORQUE
CONVERTER
30 10 95 40 50 95 20
30 95 10 40 50 20 2ND
4TH
ACCUMULATOR 20
SHIFT
SOLENOID
SA VALVES
X XX 5A X X 56 5E 10
57 57 X 4’ 4 3
91 SHIFT
VALVE B: OFF
C
90 SB
94 SC
SHIFT 3C C: ON
VALVE X
B SHIFT 1
5L 5H 5B 3C 5G 5E 5C SB
VALVE E
SE X 3B 3’ 3 4
D: OFF
X 5N 5K 5J 10 X 40 5F
SD
SE
E: OFF
1
X 55’ 94 91 5K
VALVE
7 55 96 92 93 SE SHIFT D
XX 1B X 20 X 57 X 1 X A
VALVE A X X AX
1
56
TORQUE B
MANUAL VALVE X X AX
CHECK 4’’
AX
VALVE 90 90 90 96 55 97 57
HX X 3A
AX C
93 93 92
HX X X AX
X X X IDLE 4
X SHAFT

X 3B 3A
FINAL DRIVE
GEAR
3’
SECONDARY
SHAFT
RELIEF VALVE 95 7
92 95 SERVO VALVE
ATF X
COOLER X
REGULATOR 1 1
VALVE
99
ATF PUMP
14-56
02/09/18 13:40:22 62SDA00A_140_0058
Position: Shifting between 3rd gear and 4th gear

As the speed of the vehicle reaches the prescribed value, the PCM turns shift solenoid valves C OFF, and keeps A, B, D
and E OFF. Shift solenoid valve C pressure (SC) in the right side of the shift valve C is released. The shift valve C is
moved to the right side to uncover the ports of A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C pressures leading
to the 3rd and 4th clutches. The PCM controls the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves to regulate hydraulic
pressure. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B pressure changes to 3rd clutch pressure (30) at the shift valve A,
and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B pressure (56) changes to 4th clutch pressure (40) at the shift valve B.
The 3rd and 4th clutches are engaged gently.
2ND
PRESSURE SWITCH
TORQUE
CONVERTER
30 10 95 40 50 95 20
30 95 10 40 50 20 2ND
4TH
ACCUMULATOR 20
SHIFT
SOLENOID
SA VALVES
X XX 5A X X 56 5E 10
57 57 X 4’ 4 3
91 SHIFT
VALVE B: OFF
C
90 SB
94 SC
SHIFT 3C C: OFF
VALVE X
B SHIFT 1
5L 5H 5B 3C 5G 5E 5C SB
VALVE E
SE X 3B 3’ 3 4
D: OFF
X 5N 5K 5J 10 X 40 5F
SD
SE
E: OFF
1
X 55’ 94 91 5K
VALVE
7 55 96 92 93 SE SHIFT D
XX 1B X 20 X 57 X 1 X A
VALVE A X X AX
1
56
TORQUE B
MANUAL VALVE X X AX
CHECK 4’’
AX
VALVE 90 90 90 96 55 97 57
HX X 3A
AX C
93 93 92
HX X X AX
X X X IDLE 4
X SHAFT

X 3B 3A
FINAL DRIVE
GEAR
3’
SECONDARY
SHAFT
RELIEF VALVE 95 7
92 95 SERVO VALVE
ATF X
COOLER X
REGULATOR 1 1
VALVE
99
ATF PUMP
(cont’d)
14-57
02/09/18 13:40:26 62SDA00A_140_0059

Position: Driving in 4th gear
The PCM turns shift solenoid valves A ON, and keeps B, C, D and E OFF. Shift solenoid valve A pressure (SA) is applied
to the right side of the shift valve A. The shift valve A is moved to the left side to cover the ports of A/T clutch pressure
control solenoid valves A and C pressure leading to the 2nd and 3rd clutches.
A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B pressure (56) changes to (5G) at the shift solenoid valve C, and becomes
4th clutch pressure (40) at the shift valve B. The 4th clutch pressure (40) is regulated to high by the A/T clutch pressure
control solenoid valve B, and the 4th clutch is engaged securely.
2ND
PRESSURE SWITCH
TORQUE
CONVERTER
30 10 95 40 50 95 20
30 95 10 40 50 20 2ND
4TH
ACCUMULATOR 20
SHIFT
SOLENOID
SA VALVES
X XX 5A X X 56 5E 10
SERVO CONTROL A: ON
57 57 X 4’ 4 3
91 SHIFT
VALVE B: OFF
C
90 SB
94 SC
SHIFT 3C C: OFF
VALVE X
B SHIFT 1
5L 5H 5B 3C 5G 5E 5C SB
VALVE E
SE X 3B 3’ 3 4
D: OFF
X 5N 5K 5J 10 X 40 5F
SD
SE
E: OFF
1
X 55’ 94 91 5K
VALVE
7 55 96 92 93 SE SHIFT D
XX 1B X 20 X 57 X 1 X A
VALVE A X X AX
1
56
TORQUE B
MANUAL VALVE X X AX
CHECK 4’’
AX
VALVE 90 90 90 96 55 97 57
HX X 3A
AX C
93 93 92
HX X X AX
X X X IDLE 4
X SHAFT

X 3B 3A
FINAL DRIVE
GEAR
3’
SECONDARY
SHAFT
RELIEF VALVE 95 7
92 95 SERVO VALVE
ATF X
COOLER X
REGULATOR 1 1
VALVE
99
ATF PUMP
14-58
02/09/18 13:40:30 62SDA00A_140_0060
Position: Shifting between 4th gear and 5th gear

As the speed of the vehicle reaches the prescribed value, the PCM turns shift solenoid valves D ON, and keeps A ON,
and B, C and E OFF. Shift solenoid valve D pressure (SD) in applied to the left side of the shift valve D. The shift valve D
is moved to the right side to uncover the port of A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C pressure to the 5th clutch.
A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B pressure (56) changes to 4th clutch pressure (40) at the shift valve B. A/T
clutch pressure control solenoid valve C pressure (57) changes to (5L) at the shift valve D and to (5N) at the shift valve
B, and becomes 5th clutch pressure (50) at the shift valve A. The 4th and 5th clutches are engaged gently.
2ND
PRESSURE SWITCH
TORQUE
CONVERTER
30 10 95 40 50 95 20
30 95 10 40 50 20 2ND
4TH
ACCUMULATOR 20
SHIFT
SOLENOID
SA VALVES
X XX 5A X X 56 5E 10
SERVO CONTROL A: ON
57 57 X 4’ 4 3
91 SHIFT
VALVE B: OFF
C
90 SB
94 SC
SHIFT 3C C: OFF
VALVE X
B SHIFT 1
5L 5H 5B 3C 5G 5E 5C SB
VALVE E
SE X 3B 3’ 3 4
D: ON
X 5N 5K 5J 10 X 40 5F
SD
SE
E: OFF
1
X 55’ 94 91 5K
VALVE
7 55 96 92 93 SE SHIFT D
XX 1B X 20 X 57 X 1 X A
VALVE A X X AX
1
56
TORQUE B
MANUAL VALVE X X AX
CHECK 4’’
AX
VALVE 90 90 90 96 55 97 57
HX X 3A
AX C
93 93 92
HX X X AX
X X X IDLE 4
X SHAFT

X 3B 3A
FINAL DRIVE
GEAR
3’
SECONDARY
SHAFT
RELIEF VALVE 95 7
92 95 SERVO VALVE
ATF X
COOLER X
REGULATOR 1 1
VALVE
99
ATF PUMP
(cont’d)
14-59
02/09/18 13:41:42 62SDA00A_140_0061

Position: Driving in 5th gear
The PCM turns shift solenoid valves C ON, and keeps A and D ON, and B and E OFF. Shift solenoid valve C pressure
(SC) is applied to the right side of the shift valve C. The shift valve C is moved to the left side to switch the port of A/T
clutch pressure control solenoid valve B pressure leading to the 4th clutch.
The 5th clutch pressure (50) is regulated to high by the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C, and the 5th clutch
is engaged securely.
2ND
PRESSURE SWITCH
TORQUE
CONVERTER
30 10 95 40 50 95 20
30 95 10 40 50 20 2ND
4TH
ACCUMULATOR 20
SHIFT
SOLENOID
SA VALVES
X XX 5A X X 56 5E 10
SERVO CONTROL A: ON
57 57 X 4’ 4 3
91 SHIFT
VALVE B: OFF
C
90 SB
94 SC
SHIFT 3C C: ON
VALVE X
B SHIFT 1
5L 5H 5B 3C 5G 5E 5C SB
VALVE E
SE X 3B 3’ 3 4
D: ON
X 5N 5K 5J 10 X 40 5F
SD
SE
E: OFF
1
X 55’ 94 91 5K
VALVE
7 55 96 92 93 SE SHIFT D
XX 1B X 20 X 57 X 1 X A
VALVE A X X AX
1
56
TORQUE B
MANUAL VALVE X X AX
CHECK 4’’
AX
VALVE 90 90 90 96 55 97 57
HX X 3A
AX C
93 93 92
HX X X AX
X X X IDLE 4
X SHAFT

X 3B 3A
FINAL DRIVE
GEAR
3’
SECONDARY
SHAFT
RELIEF VALVE 95 7
92 95 SERVO VALVE
ATF X
COOLER X
REGULATOR 1 1
VALVE
99
ATF PUMP
14-60
02/09/18 13:41:46 62SDA00A_140_0062
Position
are as follows:
• Shift solenoid valve A: OFF, and shift valve A keeps in right side
• Shift solenoid valve C: OFF, and shift valve C keeps in right side
• Shift solenoid valve D: OFF, and shift valve D moves to right side
Line pressure (1) changes to line pressure (4) at the manual valve, and flows to the shift valve C. Line pressure (4)
flows to the shift valve A via the shift valve B, and becomes the 2nd clutch pressure (20). The 2nd clutch pressure (20)
is applied to the 2nd clutch, and the 2nd clutch is engaged.
2ND
PRESSURE SWITCH
TORQUE
CONVERTER
30 10 95 40 50 95 20
30 95 10 40 50 20 2ND
4TH
ACCUMULATOR 20
SHIFT
SOLENOID
SA VALVES
X XX 5A X X 56 5E 10
57 57 X 4’ 4 3
91 SHIFT
VALVE B: ON
C
90 SB
94 SC
SHIFT 3C C: OFF
VALVE X
B SHIFT 1
5L 5H 5B 3C 5G 5E 5C SB
VALVE E
SE X 3B 3’ 3 4
D: ON
X 5N 5K 5J 10 X 40 5F
SD
SE
E: OFF
1
X 55’ 94 91 5K
VALVE
7 55 96 92 93 SE SHIFT D
XX 1B X 20 X 57 X 1 X A
VALVE A X X AX
1
56
TORQUE B
MANUAL VALVE X X AX
CHECK 4’’
AX
VALVE 90 90 90 96 55 97 57
HX X 3A
AX C
93 93 92
HX X X AX
X X X IDLE 4
X SHAFT

X 3B 3A
FINAL DRIVE
GEAR
3’
SECONDARY
SHAFT
RELIEF VALVE 95 7
92 95 SERVO VALVE
ATF X
COOLER X
REGULATOR 1 1
VALVE
99
ATF PUMP
(cont’d)
14-61
02/09/18 13:41:49 62SDA00A_140_0063

Position
are as follows:
• Shift solenoid valve A: ON, and shift valve A moves to left side
• Shift solenoid valve C: ON, and shift valve C moves to left side
• Shift solenoid valve D: OFF, and shift valve D keeps in left side
Line pressure (1) becomes the 1st clutch pressure (10) at the shift valve B.
Fluid flows to 1st clutch by way of:

Line Pressure (1) → Shift Valve D − Line Pressure (1A) → Shift Valve A − Line Pressure (1B) → Manual Valve − Line
Pressure (5A) → Shift Valve C − Line Pressure (5B) → Shift Valve B − 1st Clutch Pressure (10) → 1st Clutch
The 1st clutch pressure (10) is applied to the 1st clutch, and the 1st clutch is engaged.
When used, ‘‘left’’ or ‘‘right’’ indicates direction on the hydraulic circuit.

2ND
PRESSURE SWITCH
TORQUE
CONVERTER
30 10 95 40 50 95 20
30 95 10 40 50 20 2ND
4TH
ACCUMULATOR 20
SHIFT
SOLENOID
SA VALVES
X XX 5A X X 56 5E 10
SERVO CONTROL A: ON
57 57 X 4’ 4 3
91 SHIFT
VALVE B: ON
C
90 SB
94 SC
SHIFT 3C C: ON
VALVE X
B SHIFT 1
5L 5H 5B 3C 5G 5E 5C SB
VALVE E
SE X 3B 3’ 3 4
D: OFF
X 5N 5K 5J 10 X 40 5F
SD
SE
E: OFF
1
X 55’ 94 91 5K
VALVE
7 55 96 92 93 SE SHIFT D
XX 1B X 20 X 57 X 1 X A
VALVE A X X AX
1
56
TORQUE B
MANUAL VALVE X X AX
CHECK 4’’
AX
VALVE 90 90 90 96 55 97 57
HX X 3A
AX C
93 93 92
HX X X AX
X X X IDLE 4
X SHAFT

A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
4’ 4’’
CHECK CONTROL MAINSHAFT
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVES
X 3B 3A
FINAL DRIVE
GEAR
3’
SECONDARY
SHAFT
RELIEF VALVE 95 7
92 95 SERVO VALVE
ATF X
COOLER X
REGULATOR 1 1
VALVE
99
ATF PUMP
14-62
02/09/18 13:41:53 62SDA00A_140_0064
Position: Shifting to position from or position

When shifting in the position, the PCM turns shift solenoid valves B and E ON, and A, C, and D OFF. Shift solenoid
valve B pressure (SB) is applied to the right side of the shift valve B, and the shift valve B is moved to left side. Shift
solenoid valve E pressure (SE) is applied to the left side of the shift valve E, and the shift valve E is moved to the right
side. Line pressure (1) changes to (3) at the manual valve, and flows to the servo valve via the shift valve E. The servo
valve is moved to reverse range position. Movement of the shift valves B and E, and servo valve creates 4th clutch
pressure line between the 4th clutch and the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. The 4th clutch pressure (40)
is applied to the 4th clutch, and the 4th clutch is engaged gently.
2ND
PRESSURE SWITCH
TORQUE
CONVERTER
30 10 95 40 50 95 20
30 95 10 40 50 20 2ND
4TH
ACCUMULATOR 20
SHIFT
SOLENOID
SA VALVES
X XX 5A X X 56 5E 10
57 57 X 4’ 4 3
91 SHIFT
VALVE B: ON
C
90 SB
94 SC
SHIFT 3C C: OFF
VALVE X
B SHIFT 1
5L 5H 5B 3C 5G 5E 5C SB
VALVE E
SE X 3B 3’ 3 4
D: OFF
X 5N 5K 5J 10 X 40 5F
SD
SE
E: ON
1
X 55’ 94 91 5K
VALVE
7 55 96 92 93 SE SHIFT D
XX 1B X 20 X 57 X 1 X A
VALVE A X X AX
1
56
TORQUE B
MANUAL VALVE X X AX
CHECK 4’’
AX
VALVE 90 90 90 96 55 97 57
HX X 3A
AX C
93 93 92
HX X X AX
X X X IDLE 4
X SHAFT

X 3B 3A
FINAL DRIVE
GEAR
3’
SECONDARY
SHAFT
RELIEF VALVE 95 7
92 95 SERVO VALVE
ATF X
COOLER X
REGULATOR 1 1
VALVE
99
ATF PUMP
(cont’d)
14-63
02/09/18 13:41:56 62SDA00A_140_0065

Position: Driving in reverse gear
After starting off in reverse gear, the PCM turns shift solenoid valves A ON, and keeps B and E ON, and C and D OFF.
Shift solenoid valve A pressure (SA) is applied to the right side of the shift valve A to cover the port of A/T clutch
pressure control solenoid valve A pressure, and to uncover the port of line pressure leading to the 4th clutch creating
full line pressure. The 4th clutch is engaged securely with line pressure.
Reverse Inhibitor Control

While the vehicle is moving forward, the PCM keeps shift solenoid valve E remaining OFF. The shift valve E covers the
port of line pressure (3’) leading to the servo valve reverse position. The servo valve cannot be shifted to reverse
position, and hydraulic pressure is not applied to the 4th clutch from servo valve for reverse; as a result, power is not
transmitted to the reverse direction.
2ND
PRESSURE SWITCH
TORQUE
CONVERTER
30 10 95 40 50 95 20
30 95 10 40 50 20 2ND
4TH
ACCUMULATOR 20
SHIFT
SOLENOID
SA VALVES
X XX 5A X X 56 5E 10
SERVO CONTROL A: ON
57 57 X 4’ 4 3
91 SHIFT
VALVE B: ON
C
90 SB
94 SC
SHIFT 3C C: OFF
VALVE X
B SHIFT 1
5L 5H 5B 3C 5G 5E 5C SB
VALVE E
SE X 3B 3’ 3 4
D: OFF
X 5N 5K 5J 10 X 40 5F
SD
SE
E: ON
1
X 55’ 94 91 5K
VALVE
7 55 96 92 93 SE SHIFT D
XX 1B X 20 X 57 X 1 X A
VALVE A X X AX
1
56
TORQUE B
MANUAL VALVE X X AX
CHECK 4’’
AX
VALVE 90 90 90 96 55 97 57
HX X 3A
AX C
93 93 92
HX X X AX
X X X IDLE 4
X SHAFT

X 3B 3A
FINAL DRIVE
GEAR
3’
SECONDARY
SHAFT
RELIEF VALVE 95 7
92 95 SERVO VALVE
ATF X
COOLER X
REGULATOR 1 1
VALVE
99
ATF PUMP
14-64
02/09/18 13:42:00 62SDA00A_140_0066
Position
Shift solenoid valves B and E are turned ON, and A, C, and D OFF by the PCM. Line pressure (1) flows to the shift
solenoid valves and the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. Line pressure (3) changes to (3’) at the shift valve
E, and flows to the servo valve. The servo valve is moved to reverse/park position. Hydraulic pressure is not applied to
the clutches.
2ND
PRESSURE SWITCH
TORQUE
CONVERTER
30 10 95 40 50 95 20
30 95 10 40 50 20 2ND
4TH
ACCUMULATOR 20
SHIFT
SOLENOID
SA VALVES
X XX 5A X X 56 5E 10
57 57 X 4’ 4 3
91 SHIFT
VALVE B: ON
C
90 SB
94 SC
SHIFT 3C C: OFF
VALVE X
B SHIFT 1
5L 5H 5B 3C 5G 5E 5C SB
VALVE E
SE X 3B 3’ 3 4
D: OFF
X 5N 5K 5J 10 X 40 5F
SD
SE
E: ON
1
X 55’ 94 91 5K
VALVE
7 55 96 92 93 SE SHIFT D
XX 1B X 20 X 57 X 1 X A
VALVE A X X AX
1
56
TORQUE B
MANUAL VALVE X X AX
CHECK 4’’
AX
VALVE 90 90 90 96 55 97 57
HX X 3A
AX C
93 93 92
HX X X AX
X X X IDLE 4
X SHAFT

X 3B 3A
FINAL DRIVE
GEAR
3’
SECONDARY
SHAFT
RELIEF VALVE 95 7
92 95 SERVO VALVE
ATF X
COOLER X
REGULATOR 1 1
VALVE
99
ATF PUMP
(cont’d)
14-65
02/09/18 13:42:01 62SDA00A_140_0067

Lock-up System
The lock-up mechanism of the torque converter clutch operates in position (2nd, 3rd, 4th and 5th), and in position
(2nd and 3rd). The pressurized fluid is drained from the back of the torque converter through a fluid passage, causing
the torque converter clutch piston to be held against the torque converter cover. As this takes place, the mainshaft
rotates at the same speed as the engine crankshaft. Together with the hydraulic control, the PCM optimizes the timing
and volume of the lock-up mechanism. When the shift solenoid valve E is turned on by the PCM, shift solenoid valve E
pressure switches the lock-up shift valve lock-up on and off. The A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and the
lock-up control valve control the amount of the lock-up conditions.
Torque Converter Clutch Lock-up ON (Engaging Torque Converter Clutch)

Fluid in the chamber between the torque converter cover and the torque converter clutch piston is drained off, and
fluid entered from the chamber between the pump and stator exerts pressure through the torque converter clutch
piston against the torque converter cover. The torque converter clutch piston engages with the torque converter cover;
the torque converter clutch lock-up is ON, and the mainshaft rotates at the same speed as the engine.
Power flow TORQUE CONVERTER

CLUTCH PISTON
DAMPER SPRING
The power flows by way of:
TURBINE
Engine
↓
Drive plate
↓ TORQUE To ATF cooler
Torque converter cover CONVERTER INLET OUTLET
↓ COVER
Torque converter clutch piston
↓
Damper spring
↓
Turbine
↓
Mainshaft
MAINSHAFT
Torque Converter Clutch Lock-up OFF (Disengaging Torque Converter Clutch)

Fluid entered from the chamber between the torque converter cover and the torque converter clutch piston passes
through the torque converter and goes out from the chambers between the turbine and the stator, and between the
pump and the stator. As a result, the torque converter clutch piston moves away from the torque converter, and the
torque converter clutch lock-up is released; torque converter clutch lock-up is OFF.
Power flow TURBINE

PUMP
Engine
↓
Drive plate
↓
Torque converter cover TORQUE To ATF cooler
↓ CONVERTER
Pump COVER INLET
↓
Turbine
↓
Mainshaft
MAINSHAFT
14-66
02/09/18 13:42:02 62SDA00A_140_0068
No Lock-up
Shift solenoid valve E is turned OFF by the PCM, and shift solenoid valve E pressure (SE) is not applied to the lock-up
shift valve. The lock-up shift valve stays to the right to uncover the torque converter pressure ports leading to the left
side of the torque converter and releasing pressure from the right side of the torque converter. Torque converter
pressure (92) changes to (94) at the lock-up shift valve, and enters into the left side of the torque converter to
disengage the torque converter clutch. The torque converter clutch piston keeps away from the torque converter cover,
the torque converter clutch lock-up is OFF.
TORQUE
CONVERTER
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE E

SE
OFF
1 X
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A
55
91
X X AX
90 1
94
SHIFT VALVE A and D

X 55’ 94 91
LOCK-UP
SHIFT VALVE
7 55 96 92 93 SE
MANUAL VALVE
TORQUE
CONVERTER
CHECK VALVE AX
90 90 96 55 97
HX
AX
HX
93 90 X 93 92
X X IDLER SHAFT
X
IDLER GEAR
COOLER LOCK-UP
VALVE VALVE COUNTERSHAFT

93 FINAL DRIVE
GEAR
SECONDARY
RELIEF VALVE SHAFT
95 7
92 95
ATF X
COOLER X
REGULATOR 1 1
VALVE
99
ATF PUMP
(cont’d)
14-67
02/09/18 13:42:04 62SDA00A_140_0069

Lock-up System (cont’d)
Partial Lock-up
As the speed of the vehicle reaches the prescribed value, shift solenoid valve E is turned ON by the PCM, and shift
solenoid valve E pressure (SE) is applied to the right side of the lock-up shift valve. The lock-up shift valve is moved to
the left side to switch the torque converter pressure (91) port which goes to the right side of the torque converter, and
the port of torque converter pressure (94) releasing from the left side of the torque converter. Torque converter
pressure (91) flows to the right side of the torque converter to engage the torque converter clutch. The PCM also
controls the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A to regulate A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A
pressure (55) applied to the lock-up shift valve and lock-up control valve. The position of the lock-up control valve
depends on A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A pressure (55) and torque converter pressure released from
the torque converter. The lock-up control valve controls the amount of the torque converter clutch lock-up until fluid
between the clutch piston and torque converter cover is released fully; the torque converter clutch is in partial lock-up
condition.
TORQUE
CONVERTER

SE
ON
1 X
55
91
X X AX
90 1
94
SHIFT VALVE A and D

X 55’ 94 91
LOCK-UP
SHIFT VALVE
7 55 96 92 93 SE
MANUAL VALVE
TORQUE
CONVERTER
CHECK VALVE AX
90 90 96 55 97
HX
AX
HX
93 90 X 93 92
X X IDLER SHAFT
X
IDLER GEAR
COOLER LOCK-UP

93 FINAL DRIVE
GEAR
SECONDARY
RELIEF VALVE SHAFT
95 7
92 95
ATF X
COOLER X
REGULATOR 1 1
VALVE
99
ATF PUMP
14-68
02/09/18 13:42:05 62SDA00A_140_0070
Full Lock-up
When the vehicle speed increases, the PCM sends a signal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A to increase
A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A pressure (55), and the lock-up control valve is moved to the left by the
increased pressure. Then torque converter pressure (94) from the left side of the torque converter is completely
released at the lock-up control valve, and torque converter pressure (91) engages the torque converter clutch securely;
the torque converter clutch is in full lock-up condition.
TORQUE
CONVERTER

SE
ON
1 X
55
91
X X AX
90 1
94
SHIFT VALVE A and D

X 55’ 94 91
LOCK-UP
SHIFT VALVE
7 55 96 92 93 SE
MANUAL VALVE
TORQUE
CONVERTER
CHECK VALVE AX
90 90 96 55 97
HX
AX
HX
93 90 X 93 92
X X IDLER SHAFT
X
IDLER GEAR
COOLER LOCK-UP

93 FINAL DRIVE
GEAR
SECONDARY
RELIEF VALVE SHAFT
95 7
92 95
ATF X
COOLER X
REGULATOR 1 1
VALVE
99
ATF PUMP
(cont’d)
14-69
02/09/18 13:43:35 62SDA00A_140_0071

Circuit Diagram-PCM A/T Control System
UNDER−DASH
UNDER−HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX IGNITION SWITCH FUSE/RELAY BOX SHIFT LOCK
SOLENOID
BATTERY
No.22 (100A) No.23 (IG) (50A) BAT IG1 No.21 (7.5A)
1
YEL
IG1 HOT in ON (II) No.19 (15A)

No.13 and START (III) 2
(20A)
RED
BRAKE
PEDAL
POSITION
SWITCH
WHT/BLK BLK/YEL YEL/BLK

MULTIPLEX
INTEGRATED
CONTROL
UNIT
E22 E9 E2
BK SW IG1 SLS
To 12V
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)

To 12V
ATP ATP ATP ATP ATP ATP ATP ATP

CAN H CAN L MET INH P R N D D3 2−1 FWD RVS
E11 E24 D10 D6 D5 C20 C17 C9 C11 C18 C12
WHT RED GRN GAUGE CONTROL MODULE BLU/RED RED/BLK RED BLU/YEL
B2 WHT YEL/GRN GRN/RED RED/WHT
B23 DIMMING DETECTION

CIRCUIT CIRCUIT BLU/BLK
B24
WHT/GRN
UNDER−DASH STARTER
FUSE/RELAY P CUT
BOX RELAY
No.21 (7.5A) R
BLU/BLK RED/BLK RED BLU/YEL BLU/WHT
CPU N WHT/GRN YEL/GRN GRN/RED RED/WHT
10 9 8 7 5 4 2 6 1 3
DRIVER D
YEL
B5
D3
BLK/BLU RED/BLK BLU YEL/RED BLU/WHT
2 WHT PNK BRN WHT/RED BLK
6 7 2 8 3 9 5 1 4 10
B21 1
FWD RVS ST E
N D
R D3
P 2
BLK
BLK 1
TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH

G501 G101
G503
14-70
02/09/18 13:43:38 62SDA00A_140_0072
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE 2ND CLUTCH 3RD CLUTCH
CONTROL SOLENOID CONTROL SOLENOID CONTROL SOLENOID TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION
VALVE A VALVE B VALVE C FLUID PRESSURE FLUID PRESSURE
SWITCH SWITCH
1 2 1 2 1 2
CRUISE
CONTROL
UNIT DATA LINK
For some CONNECTOR (DLC)
models
G101
BLU/BLK BLU BRN RED/BLK BRN/WHT BLU/YEL BLU/RED BLU/WHT
D12 E23 E29 C1 C15 C7 C13 C10

CRS K−LINE SCS LS A＋ LS B＋ LS C＋ OP2SW OP3SW
To 5V
SH A SH B SH C SH D SH E ATFT TPS SG2 VCC2 NC MAP SG1 VCC1 NM LG1 LG2 PG1 PG2
C6 C4 C2 C5 C3 C14 A29 A23 A20 A18 A30 A24 A21 C19 A9 A8 A5 A4
BLU/BLK GRN/WHT GRN GRN/RED YEL RED/YEL GRN/YEL BLK/BLU GRN/WHT WHT/RED BRN/YEL BLK BLK
RED/BLK YEL/BLU GRN/RED YEL/RED BRN/YEL
BLU/BLK GRN/WHT GRN GRN/RED YEL RED/YEL GRN/YEL BLK/BLU GRN/WHT WHT/RED BRN/YEL BLK BLK
RED/BLK YEL/BLU GRN/RED YEL/RED BRN/YEL
GRN/YEL
5 2 1 8 3 6 7
BLU ORN GRN YEL RED WHT WHT BRN/YEL
3 2 1 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
BRN/YEL
A B C D E ATF
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVES THROTTLE POSITION COUNTERSHAFT MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE MAINSHAFT
SENSOR SPEED SENSOR PRESSURE SENSOR SPEED SENSOR
G101
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 5 6 2 3 4 5 7 (8) 9
10 12 13 14 15 16 18 19 20 21 8 10 (11) 13 15 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 10 (11) (12) (10) 11 12 (14) 15 16 (17) 18 20 21
23 24 (28) 29 30 31 17 18 21 17 18 19 20 22 23 24 25 26 (27) 29 30
A (31P) B (24P) C (22P) D (17P) E (31P)
14-71
02/09/18 13:43:38 62SDA00A_140_0073
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P0705: Short in Transmission Range 4. Shift to all positions other than .
Switch Circuit (Multiple Shift-position Input)
5. Measure the voltage between PCM connector
NOTE: terminals D6 and A8 or A9.
• Record all freeze data and review General
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-3) before PCM CONNECTORS
you troubleshoot.
ATP P
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem (BLU/RED)
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the LG1 (BRN/YEL)
transmission. LG2 (BRN/YEL)
1. Clear the DTC in CLEAR MENU with the Honda

PGM Tester or HDS.
2. Move the shift lever to each position slowly, and

A (31P) D (17P)
check the OBD STATUS in DTCs MENU for a pass/
fail test of code P0705. Wire side of female terminals
Did the result f ail?

Is there battery voltage?
YES−Go to step 3.
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
time. If the tester tells you NOT COMPLETE, return NO−Check for a short in the wire between PCM
to step 1 and recheck. connector terminal D6 and the transmission range
switch, and check for an open in the wires between
3. Inspect the transmission range switch (see page 14- ground G101 and PCM connector terminals A8 and
214). A9. If the wires are OK, update the PCM if it does
not have the latest software, or substitute a known-
Is the switch OK ? good PCM (see page 14-6), then recheck. If the
symptom/indication goes away with a known-good
YES−Go to step 4. PCM, replace the original PCM.
NO−Replace the transmission range switch.

Recheck for a pass/fail test of code P0705 by
performing step 1 and 2 after replacing the switch.
If the test result is failed, recheck the transmission
range switch.
14-72
02/09/18 13:43:39 62SDA00A_140_0074
6. Shift to all positions other than . 8. Measure the voltage between PCM connector
terminals C12 and A8 or A9.
terminals D5 and A8 or A9. PCM CONNECTORS
PCM CONNECTORS
LG1 (BRN/YEL) ATP RVS
LG2 (BRN/YEL) (RED/WHT)
ATP R(WHT)
LG1 (BRN/YEL)
LG2 (BRN/YEL)
A (31P) C (22P)
A (31P) D (17P) Wire side of female terminals
Wire side of female terminals

Is there battery voltage? YES−Go to step 9.
YES−Go to step 8. NO−Check for a short in the wire between PCM

connector terminal C12 and the transmission range
NO−Check for a short in the wire between PCM switch. If the wire is OK, update the PCM if it does
connector terminal D5 and the transmission range not have the latest software, or substitute a known-
switch. If the wire is OK, update the PCM if it does good PCM (see page 14-6), then recheck. If the
not have the latest software, or substitute a known- symptom/indication goes away with a known-good
good PCM (see page 14-6), then recheck. If the PCM, replace the original PCM.
PCM, replace the original PCM.
(cont’d)
14-73
02/09/18 13:43:40 62SDA00A_140_0075
DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d)

9. Shift to all positions other than . 11. Shift to all positions other than .
10. Measure the voltage between PCM connector 12. Measure the voltage between PCM connector
terminals C20 and A8 or A9. terminals C17 and A8 or A9.
PCM CONNECTORS PCM CONNECTORS
LG2 LG1 LG2 LG1

(BRN/YEL) (BRN/YEL) (BRN/YEL) (BRN/YEL)
A (31P) C (22P) A (31P) C (22P)
ATP N (RED/BLK) ATP D (YEL/GRN)
Wire side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals
Is there battery voltage? Is there battery voltage?
YES−Go to step 11. YES−Go to step 13.
NO−Check for a short in the wire between PCM NO−Check for a short in the wire between PCM
connector terminal C20 and the transmission range connector terminal C17 and the transmission range
switch. If the wire is OK, update the PCM if it does switch. If the wire is OK, update the PCM if it does
not have the latest software, or substitute a known- not have the latest software, or substitute a known-
good PCM (see page 14-6), then recheck. If the good PCM (see page 14-6), then recheck. If the
symptom/indication goes away with a known-good symptom/indication goes away with a known-good
PCM, replace the original PCM. PCM, replace the original PCM.
14-74
02/09/18 13:43:41 62SDA00A_140_0076
13. Shift to all positions other than . 15. Shift to all positions other than and .
14. Measure the voltage between PCM connector 16. Measure the voltage between PCM connector
terminals C9 and A8 or A9. terminals C11 and A8 or A9.
PCM CONNECTORS PCM CONNECTORS
LG2 LG1 LG2 LG1

(BRN/YEL) (BRN/YEL) (BRN/YEL) (BRN/YEL)
A (31P) C (22P) A (31P) C (22P)
ATP D3 (RED) ATP 2-1 (GRN/RED)
Is there battery voltage? Is there battery voltage?
NO−Check for a short in the wire between PCM NO−Check for a short in the wire between PCM
connector terminal C9 and the transmission range connector terminal C11 and the transmission range
switch. If the wire is OK, update the PCM if it does switch. If the wire is OK, update the PCM if it does
not have the latest software, or substitute a known- not have the latest software, or substitute a known-
good PCM (see page 14-6), then recheck. If the good PCM (see page 14-6), then recheck. If the
symptom/indication goes away with a known-good symptom/indication goes away with a known-good
PCM, replace the original PCM. PCM, replace the original PCM.
(cont’d)
14-75
02/09/18 13:43:42 62SDA00A_140_0077

17. Shift to all positions other than , , and .

PCM CONNECTORS
LG2 LG1
(BRN/YEL) (BRN/YEL)
A (31P) C (22P)
ATP FWD (BLU/YEL)
YES−The PCM has failed; replace it.
NO−Check for a short in the wire between PCM

switch. If the wire is OK, update the PCM if it does
not have the latest software, or substitute a known-
good PCM (see page 14-6), then recheck. If the
PCM, replace the original PCM.
14-76
02/09/18 13:43:42 62SDA00A_140_0078
DTC P0706: Open in Transmission Range 6. Move the shift lever to each position, and check the
Switch Circuit OBD STATUS in DTCs MENU for a pass/fail test of
code P0706.
NOTE:
• Record all freeze data and review General Did the result f ail?
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-3) before
you troubleshoot. YES−Go to step 7.
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the NO−The problem has been corrected. If the tester
transmission. tells you NOT COMPLETE, return to step 5 and
recheck.
PGM Tester or HDS. 7. Shift the shift lever into the position, and verify
the ATP FWD and ATP D inputs with the PGM
2. Move the shift lever to each position, and check the Tester or HDS in the A/T data list.
OBD STATUS in DTCs MENU for a pass/fail test of
code P0706. Is AT P F W D and AT P D ON?
Did the result f ail? YES−Go to step 8.
YES−Go to step 3. NO−Go to step 14.
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this 8. Shift to the position, and verify the ATP FWD and
time. If the tester tells you NOT COMPLETE, return ATP D3 inputs with the PGM Tester or HDS in the
to step 1 and recheck. A/T data list.
3. Inspect the transmission range switch (see page 14- Is AT P F W D and AT P D3 ON?
214).
YES−Go to step 9.
Is the switch OK ?
NO−Go to step 14.
YES−Inspect the end of the selector control shaft
(see step 6 on page 14-215), and go to step 4. 9. Shift to the position, and verify the ATP FWD and
ATP 2-1 signals with the PGM Tester or HDS in the
NO−Replace the transmission range switch. A/T data list.
Recheck for a pass/fail test of code P0706 by
performing step 1 and 2 after replacing the switch. Is AT P F W D and AT P 2-1 ON?
If the test result is failed, check the transmission
range switch. YES−Go to step 10.
4. Install the transmission range switch correctly, and NO−Go to step 14.
adjust the shift cable (see page 14-208).
10. Clear the DTC in CLEAR MENU, and turn the
5. Clear the DTC in CLEAR MENU. ignition switch OFF.
11. Raise the front of the vehicle, make sure it is

securely supported, and allow the front wheels to
rotate freely.
12. Start the engine, drive the vehicle in the position

until the vehicle speed reaches 35 mph (56 km/h),
then slow down and stop the wheels.
(cont’d)
14-77
02/09/18 13:43:43 62SDA00A_140_0079

13. Check the OBD STATUS in DTCs MENU for a pass/ 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
fail test of code P0706.
15. Check for continuity between PCM connector
Did the result f ail? terminals A8 and body ground, and between A9
and body ground.
YES−Go to step 14.
time. If the tester tells you NOT COMPLETE, return LG1
LG2 (BRN/YEL) (BRN/YEL)
to step 13 and recheck.
Is there continuity?
NO−Repair open in the wire between PCM

connector terminal A8 and ground (G101), and
between A9 and ground (G101), and repair poor
ground (G101).
14-78
02/09/18 13:43:43 62SDA00A_140_0080
17. Shift the shift lever into the , , or position.

PCM CONNECTORS
LG2 LG1
(BRN/YEL) (BRN/YEL)
A (31P) C (22P)
ATP FWD (BLU/YEL)
Is there voltage?
YES−Repair open in the wire between PCM

connector terminal C18, C17, C9, or C11 and the
transmission range switch or between the
transmission range switch connector terminal
No. 10 and ground (G101).
NO−Update the PCM if it does not have the latest

software, or substitute a known-good PCM (see
page 14-6), then recheck. If the symptom/indication
goes away with a known-good PCM, replace the
original PCM.
14-79
02/09/18 13:46:16 62SDA00A_140_0081

DTC P0711: Problem in ATF Temperature 4. Check the ATF temperature with the Honda PGM
Sensor Circuit Tester or HDS.
NOTE: Is the AT F temperature almost equal to ECT

• Record all freeze data and review General SENSOR?
you troubleshoot. YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem time.
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the
transmission. NO−Faulty ATF temperature sensor, replace it.
After replacing the sensor, go to step 5, and check
1. Check the ATF temperature with the Honda PGM that the repair has been completed.
Tester or HDS.
5. Clear the DTC in CLEAR MENUE with the Honda
Does the AT F temperature exceed the outside-air PGM Tester or HDS.
temperature?
6. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes under the
YES−Record the ATF temperature. Leave the same conditions as those indicated by the freeze
engine off for more than 30 minutes, and go to data.
step 2.
7. Check the OBD STATUS in DTCs MENU for a pass/
NO−Record the ATF temperature. Test the stall fail test of code P0711.
speed RPM (see page 14-161) three times. Go to
step 2 after stall speed testing. Did the result pass?
2. Check the ATF temperature with the PGM Tester or YES−The problem has been corrected.
HDS.
NO−Return to step 1 and recheck.
Did the AT F temperature change?
YES−Leave the engine off for more than 30

minutes, and go to step 3.
NO−Faulty ATF temperature sensor, replace it.

After replacing the sensor, go to step 5, and check
that the repair has been completed.
3. Check the ECT SENSOR with the Honda PGM

Tester or HDS.
Is the ECT SENSOR equal to the outside-air

temperature?
YES−Go to step 4.
NO−Leave the engine off for more than 30 minutes,

and return to step 3 and recheck.
14-80
02/09/18 13:46:17 62SDA00A_140_0082
DTC P0712: Short in ATF Temperature 7. Check for continuity between the No. 6 terminal of
Sensor Circuit the shift solenoid harness connector and body
ground.
NOTE:
• Record all freeze data and review General SHIFT SOLENOID HARNESS CONNECTOR
you troubleshoot.
transmission.
ATFT (RED/YEL)
1. Check ATF temperature sensor voltage with the
Honda PGM Tester or HDS in the A/T data list.
Is AT F temperature sensor voltage 0.16 V or less?

YES−Go to step 2.
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this Is there continuity?

time.
YES−Repair short to ground in the wire between
2. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector at PCM connector terminal C14 and the shift solenoid
the shift solenoid valve cover. harness connector.
3. Check ATF temperature sensor voltage with the NO−Check for a short to ground in the shift
Honda PGM Tester or HDS. solenoid harness wire in the transmission (see
page 14-144). If the wire is OK, update the PCM if it
Is AT F temperature sensor voltage 0.16 V or less? does not have the latest software, or substitute a
known-good PCM (see page 14-6), then recheck. If
YES−Go to step 4. the symptom/indication goes away with a known-
good PCM, replace the original PCM.
NO−Faulty ATF temperature sensor, replace it.
After replacing the sensor, go to step 8, and check 8. Clear the DTC in CLEAR MENU with the Honda
that the repair has been completed. PGM Tester or HDS.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 9. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes under the
5. Jump the SCS line with the Honda PGM Tester or data.
HDS.
6. Disconnect PCM connector C (22P). fail test of code P0712.
Did the result pass?
YES−The problem has been corrected.
14-81
02/09/18 13:46:18 62SDA00A_140_0083

DTC P0713: Open in ATF Temperature 6. Measure the voltage between the No. 6 and No. 7
Sensor Circuit terminals of the shift solenoid harness connector.
NOTE: SHIFT SOLENOID HARNESS CONNECTOR

you troubleshoot.
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the ATFT (RED/YEL) SG2 (GRN/YEL)
transmission.
1. Check ATF temperature sensor voltage with the

Honda PGM Tester or HDS in the A/T data list. Wire side of female terminals
Does AT F temperature sensor voltage exceed

4.84 V ? Is there about 5 V ?
YES−Go to step 2. YES−Check the ATF temperature sensor and shift

solenoid harness in the transmission housing (see
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this page 14-175).
time.
NO−Repair open in the wire between PCM
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF. connector terminal A23 and the shift solenoid
harness connector.
3. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector.
4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). terminal C14 and body ground.
5. Measure the voltage between the No. 6 terminal of PCM CONNECTOR C (22P)
the shift solenoid harness connector and body
ground.
SHIFT SOLENOID HARNESS CONNECTOR

ATFT (RED/YEL)

ATFT (RED/YEL)
Is there about 5 V ?

Wire side of female terminals connector terminal C14 and the shift solenoid
harness connector.
Is there about 5 V ? NO−Check for loose or poor connections at PCM

connector terminal C14, If the connections are OK,
YES−Go to step 6. update the PCM if it does not have the latest
NO−Go to step 7. page 14-6), then recheck. If the symptom/indication
original PCM.
14-82
02/09/18 13:46:19 62SDA00A_140_0084
DTC P0716: Problem in Mainshaft Speed 9. Check for continuity between PCM connector
Sensor Circuit terminals A8 and body ground, and between A9
and body ground.
NOTE:
• Record all freeze data and review General PCM CONNECTOR A (31P)
you troubleshoot. LG1
transmission.

PGM Tester or HDS.
2. Check for proper mainshaft speed sensor

installation (see page 14-172). Wire side of female terminals

securely supported, and allow the front wheels to Is there continuity?
rotate freely.
4. Start the engine, drive the vehicle in the position,
and hold the vehicle at speeds over 30 mph NO−Repair open in the wires between PCM
(48 km/h) for more than 10 seconds. connector terminals A8 and ground (G101),
5. Check the OBD STATUS in DTCs MENU for a pass/ ground (G101).
10. Connect PCM connector A (31P).
YES−Go to step 6.
12. Measure the voltage between No. 1 terminal of the
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this mainshaft speed sensor connector and body
time. If the tester tells you NOT COMPLETE, return ground.
MAINSHAFT SPEED SENSOR
6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. CONNECTOR
7. Jump the SCS line with the Honda PGM Tester or

HDS.
VCC1 (YEL/RED)
8. Disconnect PCM connector A (31P) and mainshaft
speed sensor connector.
NO−Go to step 27.
(cont’d)
14-83
02/09/18 13:46:20 62SDA00A_140_0085

13. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 17. Connect PCM connector C (22P).
14. Disconnect PCM connector C (22P). 18. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
15. Check for continuity between the No. 2 terminal of 19. Measure the voltage between the No. 2 and No. 3
the mainshaft speed sensor connector and body terminals of the mainshaft speed sensor connector.
ground.
MAINSHAFT SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
NM (WHT/RED) (BRN/YEL)
NM (WHT/RED)

PCM connector terminal C19 and mainshaft speed NO−Go to step 32.
sensor connector.
20. Connect the mainshaft speed sensor connector.
NO−Go to step 16.
16. Check for continuity between the No. 3 terminal of terminals C19 and A8 or A9.
the mainshaft speed sensor connector and body
PCM CONNECTORS
ground.
LG2 LG1
MAINSHAFT SPEED SENSOR (BRN/YEL) (BRN/YEL)
CONNECTOR
A (31P) C (22P)
(BRN/YEL)
NM (WHT/RED)

Is the voltage 0 V or about 5 V ?
Is there continuity? YES−Go to step 22.
YES−Go to step 17. NO−Replace the mainshaft speed sensor. After

replacing the sensor, go to step 24, and check that
NO−Repair open in the wire between the the repair has been completed.
mainshaft speed sensor connector and ground
(G101).
14-84
02/09/18 13:46:21 62SDA00A_140_0086
22. Shift to the position. Start the engine, and let it 27. Measure the voltage between PCM connector
idle. terminals A21 and A8 or A9.
23. With the engine idling, measure the voltage PCM CONNECTOR A (31P)
between PCM connector terminals C19 and A8 or
LG2 LG1
A9. (BRN/YEL) (BRN/YEL)
PCM CONNECTORS
LG2 LG1
(BRN/YEL) (BRN/YEL)
A (31P) C (22P)
VCC1 (YEL/RED)
NM (WHT/RED) Is there 4.7 5 V −5.25 V ?
Wire side of female terminals YES−Repair open in the wire between PCM
connector terminal A21 and the mainshaft speed
Is there 1.5 V −3.5 V ? sensor connector.
YES−Update the PCM if it does not have the latest NO−Go to step 28.
page 14-6), then recheck. If the symptom/indication 28. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
original PCM. 29. Jump the SCS line with the Honda PGM Tester or
HDS.
NO−Replace the mainshaft speed sensor. After
replacing the sensor, go to step 24, and check that 30. Disconnect PCM connector A (31P).
the repair has been completed.

PGM Tester or HDS.

data.

(cont’d)
14-85
02/09/18 13:46:22 62SDA00A_140_0087

31. Check for continuity between PCM connector 32. Measure the voltage between PCM connector
terminal A21 and body ground. terminals C19 and A8 or A9.
PCM CONNECTORS
LG2 LG1
(BRN/YEL) (BRN/YEL)
A (31P) C (22P)
VCC1 (YEL/RED)
NM (WHT/RED)
Is there continuity? Is there about 5 V ?
YES−Repair short to ground in the wire between YES−Repair open in the wire between PCM
PCM connector terminal A21 and the mainshaft connector terminal C19 and the mainshaft speed
speed sensor connector. sensor connector.
NO−Check for loose or poor connections at PCM NO−Check for loose or poor connections at PCM
connector terminal A21. If the connections are OK, connector terminal C19. If the connections are OK,
update the PCM if it does not have the latest update the PCM if it does not have the latest
software, or substitute a known-good PCM (see software, or substitute a known-good PCM (see
page 14-6), then recheck. If the symptom/indication page 14-6), then recheck. If the symptom/indication
goes away with a known-good PCM, replace the goes away with a known-good PCM, replace the
original PCM. original PCM.
14-86
02/09/18 13:46:23 62SDA00A_140_0088
DTC P0717: Problem in Mainshaft Speed 9. Check for continuity between PCM connector
Sensor Circuit (No Signal Input) terminals A8 and body ground, and between A9
and body ground.
NOTE:
transmission.

PGM Tester or HDS.
2. Check for proper mainshaft speed sensor

installation (see page 14-172). Wire side of female terminals

securely supported, and allow the front wheels to Is there continuity?
rotate freely.
4. Start the engine, drive the vehicle in the position,
and hold the vehicle at speeds over 30 mph NO−Repair open in the wires between PCM
(48 km/h) for more than 10 seconds. Slow down connector terminals A8 and ground (G101),
and stop the wheels. between A9 and ground (G101), and repair poor
ground (G101).
fail test of code P0717. 10. Connect PCM connector A (31P).
Did the result f ail? 11. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
YES−Go to step 6. 12. Measure the voltage between No. 1 terminal of the
mainshaft speed sensor connector and body
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this ground.
time. If the tester tells you NOT COMPLETE, return
to step 4 and recheck. MAINSHAFT SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
7. Jump the SCS line with the PGM Tester or HDS.

VCC1 (YEL/RED)
8. Disconnect PCM connector A (31P) and mainshaft
NO−Go to step 27.
(cont’d)
14-87
02/09/18 13:46:24 62SDA00A_140_0089

13. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 18. Reconnect PCM connectors C (22P), then turn the
ignition switch ON (II).
HDS. 19. Measure the voltage between the No. 2 and No. 3
terminals of the mainshaft speed sensor connector.
15. Disconnect PCM connector C (22P).
16. Check for continuity between the No. 2 terminal of CONNECTOR
ground.

CONNECTOR NM (WHT/RED) (BRN/YEL)
NM (WHT/RED)
Wire side of female terminals Is there about 5 V ?

NO−Go to step 32.
PCM connector terminal C19 and mainshaft speed 20. Connect the mainshaft speed sensor connector.
sensor connector.
NO−Go to step 17. terminals C19 and A8 or A9.
PCM CONNECTORS
17. Check for continuity between the No. 3 terminal of
LG2 LG1
ground. (BRN/YEL) (BRN/YEL)
MAINSHAFT SPEED SENSOR A (31P) C (22P)

CONNECTOR
(BRN/YEL)
NM (WHT/RED)

Is the voltage 0 V or about 5 V ?
Is there continuity? YES−Go to step 22.
YES−Go to step 18. NO−Replace the mainshaft speed sensor. After

NO−Repair open in the wire between the the repair has been completed.
mainshaft speed sensor connector and ground
(G101).
14-88
02/09/18 13:46:26 62SDA00A_140_0090
23. With the engine idling, measure the voltage PCM CONNECTOR A (31P)
between PCM connector terminals C19 and A8 or
LG2 LG1
PCM CONNECTORS
LG2 LG1
(BRN/YEL) (BRN/YEL)
A (31P) C (22P)
VCC1 (YEL/RED)
NM (WHT/RED) Is there 4.7 5 V −5.25 V ?
Wire side of female terminals YES−Repair open in the wire between PCM
connector terminal A21 and the mainshaft speed
HDS.
NO−Replace the mainshaft speed sensor. After

PGM Tester or HDS.

data.

(cont’d)
14-89
02/09/18 13:46:26 62SDA00A_140_0091

terminal A21 and body ground. terminals C19 and A8 or A9.
PCM CONNECTORS
LG2 LG1
(BRN/YEL) (BRN/YEL)
A (31P) C (22P)
VCC1 (YEL/RED)
NM (WHT/RED)
PCM connector terminal A21 and the mainshaft connector terminal C19 and the mainshaft speed
connector terminal A21. If the connections are OK, connector terminal C19. If the connections are OK,
14-90
02/09/18 13:46:27 62SDA00A_140_0092
DTC P0718: Mainshaft Speed Sensor 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Intermittent Failure
NOTE: HDS.
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-3) before 9. Disconnect PCM connector C (22P).
you troubleshoot.
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem 10. Disconnect the mainshaft speed sensor connector.
transmission. 11. Check for continuity between the No. 2 terminal of
1. Clear the DTC in CLEAR MENU with the Honda ground.
PGM Tester or HDS.
2. Test-drive the vehicle for 10 minutes under the CONNECTOR
data, and check the OBD STATUS in DTCs MENU
for a pass/fail test of code P0718.
NM (WHT/RED)
YES−Go to step 3.

time. If the tester tells you NOT COMPLETE, return Wire side of female terminals
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Is there continuity?
4. Disconnect the mainshaft speed sensor connector, YES−Repair short to ground in the wire between
and inspect the connector and connector terminals PCM connector terminal C19 and the mainshaft
to be sure they are making good contact. speed sensor connector.
Are the connector terminals OK ? NO−Go to step 12.
YES−Go to step 5.
NO−Repair the connector terminals, then go to

step 5.
5. Connect the mainshaft speed sensor connector.
6. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes, and

YES−Go to step 7.
NO−The problem has been corrected. If the tester

tells you NOT COMPLETE, return to step 6 and
recheck.
(cont’d)
14-91
02/09/18 13:46:27 62SDA00A_140_0093

12. Reconnect PCM connector C (22P).
14. Measure the voltage between the No. 2 terminal of

ground.

CONNECTOR
NM (WHT/RED)
YES−Replace the mainshaft speed sensor. After

NO−Check for loose or poor connections at PCM

connector terminal C19 or an open in the wire
between PCM connector terminal C19 and the
mainshaft speed sensor connector. If the wire is OK,
update the PCM if it does not have the latest
original PCM.

PGM Tester or HDS.

data.

14-92
02/09/18 13:46:28 62SDA00A_140_0094
DTC P0721: Problem in Countershaft Speed 8. Check for continuity between the No. 2 terminal of
Sensor Circuit the countershaft speed sensor connector and body
ground.
NOTE:
• Record all freeze data and review General COUNTERSHAFT SPEED SENSOR
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-3) before CONNECTOR
you troubleshoot.
transmission.
NC (BLK/BLU)

PGM Tester or HDS.

securely supported, and allow the front wheels to Wire side of female terminals
rotate freely.
3. Start the engine, drive the vehicle in the position, Is there continuity?
and hold the vehicle at speeds over 30 mph
(48 km/h) for more than 10 seconds. Slow down YES−Repair short to ground in the wire between
and stop the wheels. PCM connector terminal A18 and the countershaft
fail test of code P0721. NO−Go to step 9.
Did the result f ail? 9. Connect PCM connector A (31P).
YES−Go to step 5. 10. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).


HDS.
7. Disconnect the countershaft speed sensor

connector, and PCM connector A (31P).
(cont’d)
14-93
02/09/18 13:46:28 62SDA00A_140_0095

the countershaft speed sensor connector and body
ground.
COUNTERSHAFT SPEED SENSOR

CONNECTOR
NC (BLK/BLU)
YES−Replace the countershaft speed sensor. After


connector terminal A18 or an open in the wire
between PCM connector terminal A18 and the
countershaft speed sensor connector. If the wire is
OK, update the PCM if it does not have the latest
original PCM.

PGM Tester or HDS.

data.

14-94
02/09/18 13:46:29 62SDA00A_140_0096
DTC P0722: Problem in Countershaft Speed 8. Check for continuity between PCM connector
Sensor Circuit (No Signal Input) terminals A8 and body ground, and between A9
and body ground.
NOTE:
transmission.

PGM Tester or HDS.

securely supported, and allow the front wheels to Wire side of female terminals
rotate freely.
3. Start the engine, drive the vehicle in the position, Is there continuity?
and hold the vehicle at speeds over 30 mph (48
km/h) for more than 10 seconds. YES−Go to step 9.
4. Check the OBD STATUS in DTCs MENU for a pass/ NO−Repair open in the wires between PCM
fail test of code P0722. connector terminals A8 and ground (G101),
Did the result f ail? ground (G101).
YES−Go to step 5. 9. Connect PCM connector A (31P).
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this 10. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
to step 3 and recheck. 11. Measure the voltage between No. 1 terminal of the
countershaft speed sensor connector and body
5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. ground.
6. Jump the SCS line with the Honda PGM Tester or COUNTERSHAFT SPEED SENSOR
HDS. CONNECTOR
7. Disconnect PCM connector A (31P) and

countershaft speed sensor connector.
VCC2 (YEL/BLU)
NO−Go to step 27.
(cont’d)
14-95
02/09/18 13:46:31 62SDA00A_140_0097

12. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 17. Reconnect PCM connector A (31P).
13. Jump the SCS line with the Honda PGM Tester or 18. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
HDS.
19. Measure the voltage between the No. 2 and No. 3
14. Disconnect PCM connector A (31P). terminals of the countershaft speed sensor
connector.
the countershaft speed sensor connector and body COUNTERSHAFT SPEED SENSOR
ground. CONNECTOR

CONNECTOR
NC (BLK/BLU) (BRN/YEL)
NC (BLK/BLU)
PCM connector terminal A18 and countershaft NO−Go to step 32.
20. Connect the countershaft speed sensor connector.
NO−Go to step 16.
16. Check for continuity between the No. 3 terminal of terminals A18 and A8 or A9.
ground. PCM CONNECTOR A (31P)

LG2 LG1
CONNECTOR (BRN/YEL) (BRN/YEL)
(BRN/YEL)
NC (BLK/BLU)
Is there continuity? Is the voltage 0 V or about 5 V ?
NO−Repair open in the wire between the NO−Replace the countershaft speed sensor. After
countershaft speed sensor connector and ground replacing the sensor, go to step 24, and check that
(G101). the repair has been completed.
14-96
02/09/18 13:46:32 62SDA00A_140_0098
23. Shift to the position, and measure the voltage PCM CONNECTOR A (31P)
between PCM connector terminals A18 and A8 or
LG2 LG1

LG2 LG1
(BRN/YEL) (BRN/YEL)
VCC2 (YEL/BLU)
NC (BLK/BLU)
Is there 4.7 5 V −5.25 V ?
connector terminal A20 and the countershaft speed
HDS.
NO−Replace the countershaft speed sensor. After

PGM Tester or HDS.

data.

(cont’d)
14-97
02/09/18 13:46:33 62SDA00A_140_0099

terminal A20 and body ground. terminals A18 and A8 or A9.
PCM CONNECTOR A (31P) PCM CONNECTOR A (31P)

LG2 LG1
(BRN/YEL) (BRN/YEL)
VCC2 (YEL/BLU)
NC (BLK/BLU)
PCM connector terminal A20 and the countershaft connector terminal A18 and the countershaft speed
connector terminal A20. If the connections are OK, connector terminal A18. If the connections are OK,
14-98
02/09/18 13:46:33 62SDA00A_140_0100
DTC P0723: Countershaft Speed Sensor 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Intermittent Failure
NOTE: HDS.
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-3) before 9. Disconnect PCM connector A (31P).
you troubleshoot.
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem 10. Disconnect the countershaft speed sensor
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the connector.
transmission.
1. Clear the DTC in CLEAR MENU with the Honda the countershaft speed sensor connector and body
PGM Tester or HDS. ground.
2. Test-drive the vehicle for 10 minutes under the COUNTERSHAFT SPEED SENSOR
same conditions as those indicated by the freeze CONNECTOR
data, and check the OBD STATUS in DTCs MENU
for a pass/fail test of code P0723.

NC (BLK/BLU)
YES−Go to step 3.

to step 2 and recheck. Wire side of female terminals

4. Disconnect the countershaft speed sensor
connector, and inspect the connector and YES−Repair short to ground in the wire between
connector terminals to be sure they are making PCM connector terminal A18 and the mainshaft
good contact. speed sensor connector.
Are the connector terminals OK ? NO−Go to step 12.
YES−Go to step 5. 12. Connect PCM connector A (31P).
NO−Repair the connector terminals, then go to 13. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
step 5.
5. Connect the countershaft speed sensor connector.
6. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes, and

YES−Go to step 7.
NO−The problem has been corrected. If the tester

tells you NOT COMPLETE, return to step 6 and
recheck.
(cont’d)
14-99
02/09/18 13:47:46 62SDA00A_140_0101

ground.

CONNECTOR
NC (BLK/BLU)
YES−Replace the countershaft speed sensor. After

NO−Check for an open in the wire between PCM

connector terminal A18 and the countershaft speed
sensor connector. If the wire is OK, update the PCM
if it does not have the latest software, or substitute
a known-good PCM (see page 14-6), then recheck. If
the symptom/indication goes away with a known-
good PCM, replace the original PCM.

PGM Tester or HDS.

data.

14-100
02/09/18 13:47:46 62SDA00A_140_0102
DTC P0797: A/T Clutch Pressure Control 8. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes under the
Solenoid Valve C Stuck ON same conditions as those indicated by the freeze
data.
NOTE: Record all freeze data and review General
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-3) before 9. Check the OBD STATUS in DTCs MENU for a pass/
you troubleshoot. fail test of code P0797.
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating Did the result pass?

temperature (the radiator fan comes on).
2. Check to be sure that the transmission is filled to
the proper level, and check for fluid leaks. NO−Return to step 1 and recheck.
3. Check for deterioration in the quality of ATF.
Has the AT F deteriorated?
YES−Replace ATF (see page 14-179), and test-

drive the vehicle under the same conditions as
those indicated by the freeze data, then recheck.
NO−Go to step 4.

PGM Tester or HDS.
5. Select LINEAR SOL TEST in MISC. TEST MENU,

then carry out LINEAR SOL C TEST in LINEAR SOL
TEST MENU.
Is the system OK ?
YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this

time.
NO−Go to step 6.
6. Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid

valve C (see page 14-168).
Does the A/ T clutch pressure control solenoid

valve C work properly?
YES−Shift valves B and C may be stuck, repair

hydraulic system related with shift valves B and C,
or replace the transmission.
NO−Replace the A/T clutch pressure control

solenoid valve C (see page 14-169). After replacing
the solenoid valve, go to step 7, and check that the
repair has been completed.

PGM Tester or HDS.
14-101
02/09/18 13:47:46 62SDA00A_140_0103

DTC P0752: Shift Solenoid Valve A Stuck ON 8. Clear the DTC in CLEAR MENU with the Honda
PGM Tester or HDS.
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-3) before 9. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes under the
you troubleshoot. same conditions as those indicated by the freeze
data.
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating
temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 10. Check the OBD STATUS in DTCs MENU for a pass/
the proper level, and check for fluid leaks. Did the result pass?
3. Check for deterioration in the quality of ATF. YES−The problem has been corrected.
Has the AT F deteriorated? NO−Return to step 1 and recheck.

NO−Go to step 4.

PGM Tester or HDS.
5. Select SHIFT SOL TEST in MISC. TEST MENU, then

carry out A/T SHIFT SOL A test in SHIFT SOL TEST
MENU with the Honda PGM Tester or HDS.
Is a clicking sound heard?
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Faulty shift solenoid valve A, replace it (see

page 14-166). After replacing the shift solenoid
valve, go to step 8, and check that the repair has
been completed.
6. Test-drive the vehicle in the position in all five

gears at speeds over 10 mph (16 km/h) for 20
seconds.

YES−Repair shift valve A, or replace the

transmission.

14-102
02/09/18 13:47:47 62SDA00A_140_0104
DTC P0756: Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck OFF 8. Clear the DTC in CLEAR MENU with the Honda
PGM Tester or HDS.
data.

NO−Go to step 4.

PGM Tester or HDS.

carry out A/T SHIFT SOL B test in SHIFT SOL TEST
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Faulty shift solenoid valve B, replace it (see

been completed.

seconds.

YES−Repair shift valve B, or replace the

transmission.

14-103
02/09/18 13:47:47 62SDA00A_140_0105

DTC P0757: Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck ON 8. Clear the DTC in CLEAR MENU with the Honda
PGM Tester or HDS.
data.

NO−Go to step 4.

PGM Tester or HDS.

YES−Go to step 4.

been completed.

gears at speeds over 10 mph (16 km/h) for
20 seconds.

YES−Repair shift valve B, or replace the

transmission.

14-104
02/09/18 13:47:47 62SDA00A_140_0106
DTC P0761: Shift Solenoid Valve C Stuck OFF 8. Clear the DTC in CLEAR MENU with the Honda
PGM Tester or HDS.
data.

NO−Go to step 4.

PGM Tester or HDS.

carry out A/T SHIFT SOL C test in SHIFT SOL TEST
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Faulty shift solenoid valve C, replace it (see

been completed.

20 seconds.

fail Test of code P0761.
YES−Repair shift valve C, or replace the

transmission.

14-105
02/09/18 13:47:48 62SDA00A_140_0107

DTC P0771: Shift Solenoid Valve E Stuck OFF 8. Clear the DTC in CLEAR MENU with the Honda
PGM Tester or HDS.
data.

NO−Go to step 4.

PGM Tester or HDS.

carry out A/T SHIFT SOL E test in SHIFT SOL TEST
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Faulty shift solenoid valve E, replace it (see

been completed.

20 seconds.

YES−Repair shift valve E, or replace the

transmission.

14-106
02/09/18 13:47:48 62SDA00A_140_0108
Solenoid Valve B Stuck OFF same conditions as those indicated by the freeze
data.


NO−Go to step 4.

PGM Tester or HDS.

then carry out LINEAR SOL B TEST in LINEAR SOL
TEST MENU.
Is the system OK ?

time.
NO−Go to step 6.

valve B (see page 14-170).

valve B work properly?
YES−Shift valve B may be stuck, repair hydraulic

system related with shift valve B, or replace the
transmission.

solenoid valve B (see page 14-171). After replacing

PGM Tester or HDS.
14-107
02/09/18 13:47:48 62SDA00A_140_0109

Solenoid Valve B Stuck ON same conditions as those indicated by the freeze
data.


NO−Go to step 4.

PGM Tester or HDS.

then carry out LINEAR SOL B TEST in LINEAR SOL
TEST MENU.
Is the system OK ?

time.
NO−Go to step 6.

valve B (see page 14-170).

valve B work properly?
YES−Shift valve B may be stuck, repair hydraulic

system related with shift valve B, or replace the
transmission.


PGM Tester or HDS.
14-108
02/09/18 13:47:49 62SDA00A_140_0110
DTC P0780: Shift Control System

you troubleshoot.
1. Check for other DTCs indicated simultaneous with

the code P0780.
NOTE: P0780 means there is one or more A/T DTCs

about the shift control system.
Is there other DT Cs?
YES−Go to step 2.

original PCM.
2. Perform the troubleshooting flowchart for the

indicated codes:
• P1730: (see page 14-154).

• P1731: (see page 14-155).
• P1732: (see page 14-156).
• P1733: (see page 14-157).
• P1734: (see page 14-158).
14-109
02/09/18 13:47:49 62SDA00A_140_0111

Solenoid Valve C Stuck OFF same conditions as those indicated by the freeze
data.


NO−Go to step 4.

PGM Tester or HDS.

TEST MENU.
Is the system OK ?

time.
NO−Go to step 6.





PGM Tester or HDS.
14-110
02/09/18 13:47:49 62SDA00A_140_0112
Solenoid Valve C Stuck ON same conditions as those indicated by the freeze
data.


NO−Go to step 4.

PGM Tester or HDS.

TEST MENU.
Is the system OK ?

time.
NO−Go to step 6.





PGM Tester or HDS.
14-111
02/09/18 13:47:50 62SDA00A_140_0113

DTC P0812: Open in Transmission Range 5. Check for continuity between PCM connector
Switch ATP RVS Switch Circuit terminals A8 and body ground, and between A9
and body ground.
NOTE:
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-3) before LG1
you troubleshoot. LG2 (BRN/YEL) (BRN/YEL)

transmission.
2. Shift the shift lever into the position, and verify Wire side of female terminals
the A/T R SWITCH signal with the PGM Tester or
HDS in the A/T data list.
Is the A/ T R SW IT CH ON?
YES−Go to step 6.
YES−Go to step 3.
NO−Repair open in the wires between PCM
NO−Inspect the end of the selector control shaft connector terminals A8, A9, and ground (G101),
(see step 6 on page 14-215), adjust the shift cable and repair poor ground (G101).
(see page 14-208), then recheck.
3. Check the REVERSE SWITCH signal with the PGM
Tester or HDS. 7. Shift to the position.
Is the REV ERSE SW IT CH ON? 8. Measure the voltage between PCM connector
PCM CONNECTORS
time.
ATP RVS
NO−Go to step 4. LG1 (BRN/YEL) (RED/WHT)
LG2 (BRN/YEL)
A (31P) C (22P)
Is there voltage?
YES−Go to step 9.

connector terminal C12. If the connections are OK,
original PCM.
14-112
02/09/18 13:47:51 62SDA00A_140_0114
10. Disconnect the transmission range switch

connector.
11. Check for continuity between the No. 1 and No. 10

terminals at the transmission range switch. The
shift position must be .
TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR
ATP RVS
GND
Terminal side of male terminals

switch.
NO−Replace the transmission range switch. After

replacing the switch, go to step 12, and check that
12. Clear the DTC in CLEAR MENU with Honda PGM

Tester or HDS.

data.

14-113
02/09/18 13:47:51 62SDA00A_140_0115

DTC P0842: Short in 2nd Clutch Transmission 8. Check the 2nd PRES SWITCH signal with the Honda
Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 2nd Clutch PGM Tester or HDS in the A/T data list.
Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck
ON Is the 2nd PRES SW IT CH OF F ?
NOTE: YES−Replace the 2nd clutch transmission fluid

• Record all freeze data and review General pressure switch. After replacing the switch, go to
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-3) before step 13, and check that the repair has been
you troubleshoot. completed.
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the NO−Go to step 9.
transmission.
PGM Tester or HDS. 10. Jump the SCS line with the Honda PGM Tester or
HDS.
2. Check the 2nd PRES SWITCH signal with the Honda
PGM Tester or HDS in the A/T data list when not in 11. Disconnect PCM connector C (22P).
2nd gear.
Is the 2nd PRES SW IT CH OF F ? terminal C13 and body ground.
YES−Go to step 3. PCM CONNECTOR C (22P)
NO−Go to step 5.
3. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal

operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on).
Drive the vehicle in 2nd gear in the position for OP2SW (BLU/RED)
about 5 seconds, then shift to the position, and
drive in 4th gear for about 5 seconds. Slow down
and stop the wheels.
4. Check the OBD STATUS in DTCs MENU for a pass/ Wire side of female terminals
Did the result f ail? Is there continuity?
YES−Go to step 5. YES−Repair short to ground in the wire between

PCM connector terminal C13 and the 2nd clutch
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this transmission fluid pressure switch.
to step 3 and recheck. NO−Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. page 14-6), then recheck. If the symptom/indication
6. Disconnect the 2nd clutch transmission fluid original PCM.
pressure switch connector.
14-114
02/09/18 13:47:52 62SDA00A_140_0116

PGM Tester or HDS.

data.

14-115
02/09/18 13:47:52 62SDA00A_140_0117

DTC P0843: Open in 2nd Clutch Transmission 9. Measure the voltage between the 2nd clutch
Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 2nd Clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector
Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck terminal and body ground.
OFF
2ND CLUTCH TRANSMISSION
NOTE: FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH CONNECTOR
you troubleshoot.
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem OP2SW (BLU/RED)
transmission.

PGM Tester or HDS.
Shift into the position while pressing the brake Is there about 5 V ?
pedal, and verify that the SHIFT MAP NUMBER
indicates 2nd with the Honda PGM Tester or HDS in YES−Replace the 2nd clutch transmission fluid
the A/T data list. pressure switch . After replacing the switch, go to
step 11, and check that the repair has been
3. Check the 2nd PRES SWITCH signal with the Honda completed.
PGM Tester or HDS in the A/T data list.
NO−Go to step 10.
Is the 2nd PRES SW IT CH ON?
YES−Go to step 4.
NO−Go to step 6.
4. Drive the vehicle in 2nd gear in the position for


YES−Go to step 6.

7. Disconnect the 2nd clutch transmission fluid

14-116
02/09/18 13:47:53 62SDA00A_140_0118

terminal C13 and body ground.
OP2SW (BLU/RED)

connector terminal C13 and the 2nd clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch.

original PCM.

PGM Tester or HDS.

data.

14-117
02/09/18 13:47:53 62SDA00A_140_0119

DTC P0847: Short in 3rd Clutch Transmission 8. Check the 3rd PRES SWITCH signal with the Honda
Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 3rd Clutch PGM Tester or HDS in the A/T data list.
Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck
ON Is the 3rd PRES SW IT CH OF F ?
NOTE: YES−Replace the 3rd clutch transmission fluid

• Record all freeze data and review General pressure switch. After replacing the switch, go to
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-3) before step 13, and check that the repair has been
you troubleshoot. completed.
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the NO−Go to step 9.
transmission.
PGM Tester or HDS. 10. Jump the SCS line with the Honda PGM Tester or
HDS.
2. Check the 3rd PRES SWITCH signal with the Honda
PGM Tester or HDS in the A/T data list when not in 11. Disconnect PCM connector C (22P).
3rd gear.
Is the 3rd PRES SW IT CH ON? terminal C10 and body ground.
YES−Go to step 3. PCM CONNECTOR C (22P)
NO−Go to step 5.

Drive the vehicle in 3rd gear in the position for OP3SW (BLU/WHT)
4. Check the OBD STATUS in DTCs MENU for a pass/ Wire side of female terminals
Did the result f ail? Is there continuity?
YES−Go to step 5. YES−Repair short to ground in the wire between

PCM connector terminal C10 and the 3rd clutch
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this transmission fluid pressure switch.
to step 3 and recheck. NO−Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. page 14-6), then recheck. If the symptom/indication
6. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid original PCM.
14-118
02/09/18 13:47:53 62SDA00A_140_0120

PGM Tester or HDS.

data.

14-119
02/09/18 13:48:51 62SDA00A_140_0121

DTC P0848: Open in 3rd Clutch Transmission 9. Measure the voltage between the 3rd clutch
Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 3rd Clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector
Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck terminal and body ground.
OFF
3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION
NOTE: FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH CONNECTOR
you troubleshoot.
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem OP3SW (BLU/WHT)
transmission.

PGM Tester or HDS. Wire side of female terminals

operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). Is there about 5 V ?
Drive the vehicle in the 3rd gear in the position,
and verify that the SHIFT MAP NUMBER indicates YES−Replace the 3rd clutch transmission fluid
3rd with the Honda PGM Tester or HDS in the A/T pressure switch. After replacing the switch, go to
data list. step 11, and check that the repair has been
completed.
3. Check the 3rd PRES SWITCH signal with the Honda
PGM Tester or HDS in the A/T data list. NO−Go to step 10.
Is the 3rd PRES SW IT CH ON? 10. Measure the voltage between PCM connector
terminal C10 and body ground.
YES−Go to step 4.
NO−Go to step 6.
4. Drive the vehicle in 3rd gear in the position for

about 5 seconds, then shift to position, and drive
in 4th gear for about 5 seconds. Slow down and OP3SW (BLU/WHT)
stop the wheels.

fail test of code P0848. Wire side of female terminals

YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this connector terminal C10 and the 3rd clutch
time. If the tester tells you NOT COMPLETE, return transmission fluid pressure switch.
6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. connector terminal C10, If the connections are OK,
7. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid software, or substitute a known-good PCM (see
pressure switch connector. page 14-6), then recheck. If the symptom/indication
8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). original PCM.
14-120
02/09/18 13:48:51 62SDA00A_140_0122

PGM Tester or HDS.

data.

14-121
02/09/18 13:48:52 62SDA00A_140_0123

DTC P0962: Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure 8. Measure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve
Control Solenoid Valve A Circuit A resistance at the solenoid connector.
NOTE: A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL

SOLENOID VALVE A CONNECTOR
you troubleshoot.
transmission.

PGM Tester or HDS. Terminal side of male terminals
2. Check that DTC P0962 recurs.

Is there 3−10 ?
Is DT C P0962 indicated?
YES−Go to step 9.
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Go to step 3. solenoid valve A (see page 14-169). After replacing
3. Select P CTRL SOL CONTROL in MISC. TEST MENU, repair has been completed.
then select P. CONTROL SOL A in P CTRL SOL
CTRL MENU with the Honda PGM Tester or HDS. 9. Check for continuity between the No. 2 terminal of
the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A
4. Drive the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve connector and body ground.
A with 1.0 A in SOL A CONTROL menu.
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL

(BLK)
YES−Go to step 6.

7. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid YES−Go to step 10.
valve A connector.
NO−Repair open in the wire between the A/T
clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and
ground (G101), or repair poor ground (G101).
14-122
02/09/18 13:48:53 62SDA00A_140_0124
11. Measure the voltage between terminals of the A/T

clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector.

LS A＋ (RED/BLK) (BLK)
Is there about 11 V as the ignition switch is turned

to the ON ( II) position?
YES−Update the PCM if it does not have the latest

original PCM.
NO−Repair open or short in the wire between PCM

connector terminal C1 and A/T clutch pressure
control solenoid valve A.

PGM Tester or HDS.

data.

14-123
02/09/18 13:48:54 62SDA00A_140_0125

Control Solenoid Valve A A resistance at the solenoid connector.

• Record all freeze data and review General SOLENOID VALVE A CONNECTOR
you troubleshoot.
transmission.

PGM Tester or HDS.
Is DT C P0963 indicated? Is there about 3−10 ?
NO−Go to step 3. NO−Replace the A/T clutch pressure control

solenoid valve A (see page 14-169). After replacing
3. Select P CTRL SOL CONTROL in MISC. TEST MENU, the solenoid valve, go to step 10, and check that the
then select P. CONTROL SOL A in P CTRL SOL repair has been completed.
CTRL MENU with the Honda PGM Tester or HDS.
4. Drive the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A
A with 0.2 A in SOL A CONTROL menu. connector and body ground.
5. Check the OBD STATUS in DTCs MENU for a pass/ A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
fail test of code P0963. SOLENOID VALVE A CONNECTOR
YES−Go to step 6. (BLK)

7. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid Is there continuity?

valve A connector.
original PCM.

clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and
14-124
02/09/18 13:48:54 62SDA00A_140_0126

PGM Tester or HDS.

data.

14-125
02/09/18 13:48:55 62SDA00A_140_0127

Control Solenoid Valve B Circuit B resistance at the solenoid connector.

• Record all freeze data and review General SOLENOID VALVE B CONNECTOR
you troubleshoot.
transmission.

PGM Tester or HDS.
Is DT C P0966 indicated? Is there 3−10 ?

then select P. CONTROL SOL B in P CTRL SOL repair has been completed.
4. Drive the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B
B with 1.0 A in SOL B CONTROL menu. connector and body ground.
fail test of code P0966. SOLENOID VALVE B CONNECTOR


valve B connector.

clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and
14-126
02/09/18 13:48:55 62SDA00A_140_0128

clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector.

SOLENOID VALVE B CONNECTOR
LS B＋ (BRN/WHT) (BLK)


original PCM.

control solenoid valve B.

PGM Tester or HDS.

data.

14-127
02/09/18 13:48:56 62SDA00A_140_0129

Control Solenoid Valve B B resistance at the solenoid connector.

• Record all freeze data and review General SOLENOID VALVE B CONNECTOR
you troubleshoot.
transmission.

PGM Tester or HDS.
Is DT C P0967 indicated? Is there 3−10 ?

then select P. CONTROL SOL B in P CTRL SOL repair has been completed.
4. Drive the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B
B with 0.2 A in SOL B CONTROL menu. connector and body ground.
fail test of code P0967. SOLENOID VALVE B CONNECTOR


valve B connector.
original PCM.

clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and
14-128
02/09/18 13:48:56 62SDA00A_140_0130

PGM Tester or HDS.

data.

14-129
02/09/18 13:48:57 62SDA00A_140_0131

Control Solenoid Valve C Circuit C resistance at the solenoid connector.

SOLENOID VALVE C CONNECTOR
you troubleshoot.
transmission.

PGM Tester or HDS. Terminal side of male terminals

Is there 3−10 ?
Is DT C P097 0 indicated?
YES−Go to step 9.
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Go to step 3. solenoid valve C (see page 14-171). After replacing
3. Select P CTRL SOL CONTROL in MISC. TEST MENU, repair has been completed.
then select P. CONTROL SOL C in P CTRL SOL
CTRL MENU with the Honda PGM Tester or HDS. 9. Check for continuity between the No. 2 terminal of
the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C
4. Drive the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve connector and body ground.
C with 1.0 A in SOL C CONTROL menu.

(BLK)
YES−Go to step 6.

7. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid YES−Go to step 10.
valve C connector.
clutch pressure control solenoid valve C and
14-130
02/09/18 13:48:58 62SDA00A_140_0132

clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector.

LS C＋ (BLU/YEL)


original PCM.

control solenoid valve C.

PGM Tester or HDS.

data.

14-131
02/09/18 13:48:58 62SDA00A_140_0133

Control Solenoid Valve C C resistance at the solenoid connector.

• Record all freeze data and review General SOLENOID VALVE C CONNECTOR
you troubleshoot.
transmission.

PGM Tester or HDS.
Is DT C P097 1 indicated? Is there 3−10 ?

then select P. CONTROL SOL C in P CTRL SOL repair has been completed.
4. Drive the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C
C with 0.2 A in SOL C CONTROL menu. connector and body ground.
fail test of code P0971. SOLENOID VALVE C CONNECTOR


valve C connector.
original PCM.

clutch pressure control solenoid valve C and
14-132
02/09/18 13:48:59 62SDA00A_140_0134

PGM Tester or HDS.

data.

14-133
02/09/18 13:48:59 62SDA00A_140_0135

DTC P0973: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve A 8. Measure the resistance between PCM connector
Circuit terminals C6 and A8 or A9.
NOTE: PCM CONNECTORS

SH A
• Record all freeze data and review General (BLU/BLK)
LG1 (BRN/YEL)
you troubleshoot.
LG2 (BRN/YEL)
transmission.

PGM Tester or HDS. A (31P) C (22P)

Is there less than 12 ?
YES−Go to step 5.
YES−Go to step 9.
NO−Go to step 3.
3. Select SHIFT SOL TEST in MISC. TEST MENU, then software, or substitute a known-good PCM (see
carry out A/T SHIFT SOL A test in SHIFT SOL TEST page 14-6). then recheck. If the symptom/indication
MENU with the Honda PGM tester or HDS. goes away with a known-good PCM, replace the
original PCM.
YES−Go to step 5.


HDS.
7. Disconnect PCM connectors A (31P) and C (22P).
14-134
02/09/18 13:49:00 62SDA00A_140_0136
9. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector at 11. Clear the DTC in CLEAR MENU with the Honda
the transmission housing. PGM Tester or HDS.
10. Check for continuity between PCM connector 12. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes under the
terminals C6 and A8 or A9. same conditions as those indicated by the freeze
data.
PCM CONNECTORS
SH A
(BLU/BLK) 13. Check the OBD STATUS in DTCs MENU for a pass/
LG1 (BRN/YEL)
LG2 (BRN/YEL)

A (31P) C (22P)

PCM connector terminal C6 and the shift solenoid
harness connector.
NO−Check shift solenoid valve A (see page 14-

164). If shift solenoid valve A is replaced, go to step
11, and check that the repair has been completed.
14-135
02/09/18 13:49:01 62SDA00A_140_0137

DTC P0974: Open in Shift Solenoid Valve A 8. Measure the resistance between PCM connector

SH A
• Record all freeze data and review General (BLU/BLK)
LG1 (BRN/YEL)
you troubleshoot.
LG2 (BRN/YEL)
transmission.


Is there 12−25 ?
YES−Go to step 5.
YES−Check for loose or poor connections at PCM
NO−Go to step 3. connector terminal C6. If the connections are OK,
carry out A/T SHIFT SOL A test in SHIFT SOL TEST page 14-6), then recheck. If the symptom/indication
MENU with the Honda PGM Tester or HDS. goes away with a known-good PCM, replace the
original PCM.
YES−Go to step 5.


HDS.
14-136
02/09/18 13:49:01 62SDA00A_140_0138
9. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector at

the transmission housing.
10. Measure the resistance between the No. 5 terminal

of the shift solenoid harness connector and body
ground.
SH A (BLU)
Is there 12−25 ?

connector and the shift solenoid harness
connector.
NO−Check shift solenoid valve A, and check for an

open in the shift solenoid harness in the
transmission (see page 14-164). If shift solenoid
valve A is replaced, go to step 11, and check that

PGM tester or HDS.

data.

14-137
02/09/18 13:49:02 62SDA00A_140_0139

DTC P0976: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve B 8. Measure the resistance between PCM connector

• Record all freeze data and review General SH B (GRN/WHT)
LG1 (BRN/YEL)
you troubleshoot.
LG2 (BRN/YEL)
transmission.


YES−Go to step 5.
YES−Go to step 9.
NO−Go to step 3.
carry out A/T SHIFT SOL B test in SHIFT SOL TEST page 14-6), then recheck. If the symptom/indication
original PCM.
YES−Go to step 5.


HDS.
14-138
02/09/18 13:49:02 62SDA00A_140_0140
the transmission housing. PGM tester or HDS.
data.
PCM CONNECTORS
SH B (GRN/WHT) 13. Check the OBD STATUS in DTCs MENU for a pass/
LG1 (BRN/YEL)
LG2 (BRN/YEL)

A (31P) C (22P)

harness connector.
NO−Check shift solenoid valve B (see page 14-164).

If shift solenoid valve B is replaced, go to step 11,
and check that the repair has been completed.
14-139
02/09/18 13:50:11 62SDA00A_140_0141

DTC P0977: Open in Shift Solenoid Valve B 8. Measure the resistance between PCM connector

• Record all freeze data and review General SH B (GRN/WHT)
LG1 (BRN/YEL)
you troubleshoot.
LG2 (BRN/YEL)
transmission.

PGM tester or HDS. A (31P) C (22P)

Is there 12−25 ?
YES−Go to step 5.
YES−Check for loose or poor connections at PCM
NO−Go to step 3. connector terminal C4. If the connections are OK,
carry out A/T SHIFT SOL B test in SHIFT SOL TEST page 14-6), then recheck. If the symptom/indication
MENU with the Honda PGM tester or HDS. goes away with a known-good PCM, replace the
original PCM.
YES−Go to step 5.

6. Jump the SCS line with the Honda PGM tester or

HDS.
14-140
02/09/18 13:50:11 62SDA00A_140_0142


ground.
SH B (ORN)
Is there 12−25 ?

connector.
NO−Check shift solenoid valve B, and check for an

valve B is replaced, go to step 11, and check that

PGM tester or HDS.

data.

14-141
02/09/18 13:50:12 62SDA00A_140_0143

DTC P0979: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve C 8. Measure the resistance between PCM connector

Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-3) before SH C (GRN)
LG1 (BRN/YEL)
you troubleshoot.
LG2 (BRN/YEL)
transmission.


YES−Go to step 5.
YES−Go to step 9.
NO−Go to step 3.
carry out A/T SHIFT SOL C test in SHIFT SOL TEST page 14-6), then recheck. If the symptom/indication
original PCM.
YES−Go to step 5.


HDS.
14-142
02/09/18 13:50:12 62SDA00A_140_0144
data.
PCM CONNECTORS
SH C (GRN) fail test of code P0979.
LG1 (BRN/YEL)
LG2 (BRN/YEL)

A (31P) C (22P)

harness connector.
NO−Check shift solenoid valve C (see page 14-164).

If shift solenoid valve C is replaced, go to step 11,
14-143
02/09/18 13:50:13 62SDA00A_140_0145

DTC P0980: Open in Shift Solenoid Valve C 8. Measure the resistance between PCM connector
NOTE:
• Record all freeze data and review General PCM CONNECTORS
you troubleshoot. SH C (GRN)
LG1 (BRN/YEL)
LG2 (BRN/YEL)
transmission.

PGM Tester or HDS.
A (31P) C (22P)
Is DT C P0980 indicated? Wire side of female terminals
YES−Go to step 5. Is there 12−25 ?
NO−Go to step 3. YES−Check for loose or poor connections at PCM

carry out A/T SHIFT SOL C test in SHIFT SOL TEST page 14-6), then recheck. If the symptom/indication
original PCM.
YES−Go to step 5.


HDS.
14-144
02/09/18 13:50:13 62SDA00A_140_0146


ground.
SH C (GRN)
Is there 12−25 ?

connector.
NO−Check shift solenoid valve C, and check for an

valve C is replaced, go to step 11, and check that

PGM Tester or HDS.

data.

14-145
02/09/18 13:50:14 62SDA00A_140_0147

DTC P0982: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve D 8. Measure the resistance between PCM connector
NOTE:
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-3) before SH D (GRN/RED)
you troubleshoot.
LG1 (BRN/YEL)
LG2 (BRN/YEL)
transmission.

PGM Tester or HDS.
A (31P) C (22P)
YES−Go to step 5. Is there less than 12 ?
NO−Go to step 3. YES−Go to step 9.

carry out A/T SHIFT SOL D test in SHIFT SOL TEST page 14-6), then recheck. If the symptom/indication
original PCM.
YES−Go to step 5.


HDS.
14-146
02/09/18 13:50:15 62SDA00A_140_0148
data.
PCM CONNECTORS 13. Check the OBD STATUS in DTCs MENU for a pass/
SH D (GRN/RED) fail test of code P0982.
LG1 (BRN/YEL)
LG2 (BRN/YEL)
A (31P) C (22P)

harness connector.
NO−Check shift solenoid valve D (see page 14-

164). If shift solenoid valve D is replaced, go step
11, and check that the repair has been completed.
14-147
02/09/18 13:50:15 62SDA00A_140_0149

DTC P0983: Open in Shift Solenoid Valve D 8. Measure the resistance between PCM connector
NOTE:
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-3) before SH D (GRN/RED)
you troubleshoot.
LG1 (BRN/YEL)
LG2 (BRN/YEL)
transmission.

PGM Tester or HDS.
A (31P) C (22P)

connector terminal C5. If the connection are OK,
carry out A/T SHIFT SOL D test in SHIFT SOL TEST page 14-6), then recheck. If the symptom/indication
original PCM.
YES−Go to step 5.


HDS.
14-148
02/09/18 13:50:16 62SDA00A_140_0150


ground.
SH D (YEL)
Is there 12−25 ?

connector.
NO−Check shift solenoid valve D, and check for an

valve D is replaced, go to step 11, and check that

PGM Tester or HDS.

data.

14-149
02/09/18 13:50:16 62SDA00A_140_0151

DTC P0985: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve E 8. Measure the resistance between PCM connector
NOTE:
you troubleshoot. SH E (YEL)
LG1 (BRN/YEL)
LG2 (BRN/YEL)
transmission.

PGM Tester or HDS.
A (31P) C (22P)
YES−Go to step 5. Is there less than 12 ?
NO−Go to step 3. YES−Go to step 9.

carry out A/T SHIFT SOL E test in SHIFT SOL TEST page 14-6), then recheck. If the symptom/indication
original PCM.
YES−Go to step 5.


HDS.
14-150
02/09/18 13:50:17 62SDA00A_140_0152
data.
PCM CONNECTORS 13. Check the OBD STATUS in DTCs MENU for a pass/
SH E (YEL)
LG1 (BRN/YEL)
LG2 (BRN/YEL)
A (31P) C (22P)

harness connector.
NO−Check shift solenoid valve E (see page 14-164).

If shift solenoid valve E is replaced, go to step 11,
14-151
02/09/18 13:50:18 62SDA00A_140_0153

DTC P0986: Open in Shift Solenoid Valve E 8. Measure the resistance between PCM connector
NOTE:
you troubleshoot. SH E (YEL)
LG1 (BRN/YEL)
LG2 (BRN/YEL)
transmission.

PGM Tester or HDS.
A (31P) C (22P)

carry out A/T SHIFT SOL E test in SHIFT SOL TEST page 14-6), then recheck. If the symptom/indication
original PCM.
YES−Go to step 5.


HDS.
14-152
02/09/18 13:50:18 62SDA00A_140_0154


the shift solenoid harness connector and body
ground.
SH E (RED)
Is there 12−25 ?

connector.
NO−Check shift solenoid valve E, and check for an

valve E is replaced, go step 11, and check that the

PGM Tester or HDS.

data.

14-153
02/09/18 13:50:19 62SDA00A_140_0155

DTC P1730: Problem in Shift Control System: 7. Select SHIFT SOL TEST in MISC. TEST MENU, then
• Shift Solenoid Valves A and D Stuck OFF carry out A/T SHIFT SOL D test in SHIFT SOL TEST
• Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck ON MENU with the Honda PGM Tester or HDS.
• Shift Valves A, B, and D Stuck
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-3) before YES−Go to step 8.
you troubleshoot.
NO−Faulty shift solenoid valve D, replace it (see
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating page 14-166). After replacing the shift solenoid
temperature (the radiator fan comes on). valve, go step 11, and check that the repair has
been completed.
the proper level, and check for fluid leaks. 8. Test-drive the vehicle in the position in all five
3. Check for deterioration in the quality of ATF. seconds, then slow down and stop the vehicle.
Has the AT F deteriorated? 9. Retest-drive the vehicle in the position in all five
gears at 10 mph (16 km/h) for 20 seconds.
drive the vehicle under the same conditions as 10. Check the OBD STATUS in DTCs MENU for a pass/
those indicated by the freeze data, then recheck. fail test of code P1730.
NO−Go to step 4. Did the result f ail?
4. Clear the DTC in CLEAR MENU with the Honda YES−Repair shift valves A, B and D, or replace the
PGM tester or HDS. transmission.
5. Select SHIFT SOL TEST in MISC. TEST MENU, then NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
carry out A/T SHIFT SOL A test in SHIFT SOL TEST time. If the tester tells you NOT COMPLETE, return
MENU with the Honda PGM Tester or HDS. to step 8 and recheck.
Is a clicking sound heard? 11. Clear the DTC in CLEAR MENU with the Honda
PGM Tester or HDS.
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Faulty shift solenoid valve A, replace it (see same conditions as those indicated by the freeze
page 14-166). After replacing the shift solenoid data.
valve, go step 11, and check that the repair has
been completed. 13. Check the OBD STATUS in DTCs MENU for a pass/
carry out A/T SHIFT SOL B test in SHIFT SOL TEST Did the result pass?
YES−Go to step 7.

been completed.
14-154
02/09/18 13:50:19 62SDA00A_140_0156
DTC P1731: Problem in Shift Control System: 7. Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
• Shift Solenoid Valve E Stuck ON valve A (see page 14-168).
• Shift Valve E Stuck
• A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Stuck Does the A/ T clutch pressure control solenoid
OFF valve A work properly?
NOTE: Record all freeze data and review General YES−Shift valve E may be stuck, repair hydraulic
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-3) before system related with shift valve E, or replace the
you troubleshoot. transmission.
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating NO−Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
temperature (the radiator fan comes on). valve A (see page 14-169). After replacing the
solenoid valve, go to step 8, and check that the
2. Check to be sure that the transmission is filled to repair has been completed.
the proper level, and check for fluid leaks.
3. Check for deterioration in the quality of ATF. PGM Tester or HDS.
Has the AT F deteriorated? 9. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes under the
YES−Replace ATF (see page 14-179), and test- data.
those indicated by the freeze data, then recheck. 10. Check the OBD STATUS in DTCs MENU for a pass/
NO−Go to step 4.
PGM Tester or HDS. YES−The problem has been corrected.
5. Select SHIFT SOL TEST in MISC. TEST MENU, then NO−Return to step 1 and recheck.
carry out A/T SHIFT SOL E test in SHIFT SOL TEST
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Faulty shift solenoid valve E, replace it (see

page 14-166). After replacing the solenoid valve, go
to step 8, and check that the repair has been
completed.

then carry out LINEAR SOL A TEST in LINEAR SOL
TEST MENU.
Is the system OK ?

time.
NO−Go to step 7.
14-155
02/09/18 13:50:19 62SDA00A_140_0157

DTC P1732: Problem in Shift Control System: 7. Test-drive the vehicle in the position in all five
• Shift Solenoid Valves B and C Stuck ON gears at speeds over 10 mph (16 km/h) for 20
• Shift Valves B and C Stuck seconds, then slow down and stop the vehicle.
NOTE: Record all freeze data and review General 8. Retest-drive the vehicle in the position in all five
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-3) before gears at 10 mph (16 km/h) for 20 seconds.
you troubleshoot.
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating fail test of code P1732.
the proper level, and check for fluid leaks. YES−Repair shift valves B and C, or replace the
transmission.
Has the AT F deteriorated? time. If the tester tells you NOT COMPLETE, return
drive the vehicle under the same conditions as 10. Clear the DTC in CLEAR MENU with the Honda
those indicated by the freeze data, then recheck. PGM Tester or HDS.
NO−Go to step 4. 11. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes under the
4. Clear the DTC in CLEAR MENU with the Honda data.
PGM Tester or HDS.
5. Select SHIFT SOL TEST in MISC. TEST MENU, then fail test of code P1732.
MENU with the Honda PGM Tester or HDS. Did the result pass?
Is a clicking sound heard? YES−The problem has been corrected.
YES−Go to step 6. NO−Return to step 1 and recheck.

been completed.

YES−Go to step 7.

been completed.
14-156
02/09/18 13:50:20 62SDA00A_140_0158
• Shift Solenoid Valve D Stuck ON gears at speeds over 10 mph (16 km/h) for 20
• Shift Valve D Stuck seconds, then slow down and stop the wheels.
• A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Stuck
OFF 8. Retest-drive the vehicle in the position in all five
gears at 10 mph (16 km/h) for 20 seconds.
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating Did the result f ail?

YES−Repair shift valve D, or replace the
2. Check to be sure that the transmission is filled to transmission.
the proper level, and check for fluid leaks.
3. Check for deterioration in the quality of ATF. time. If the tester tells you NOT COMPLETE, return
10. Inspect A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve
YES−Replace ATF (see page 14-179), and test- C (see page 14-170).
those indicated by the freeze data, then recheck. Does A/ T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C
work properly?
NO−Go to step 4.
4. Clear the DTC in CLEAR MENU with the Honda hydraulic system related with shift valves B and C,
PGM Tester or HDS. or replace the transmission.
5. Select SHIFT SOL TEST in MISC. TEST MENU, then NO−Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
carry out A/T SHIFT SOL D test in SHIFT SOL TEST valve C (see page 14-171). After replacing the
MENU with the Honda PGM Tester or HDS. solenoid valve, go to step 11, and check that the
YES−Go to step 6. PGM Tester or HDS.
NO−Faulty shift solenoid valve D, replace it (see 12. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes under the
page 14-166). After replacing the solenoid valve, go same conditions as those indicated by the freeze
to step 11, and check that the repair has been data.
completed.
6. Select LINEAR SOL TEST in MISC. TEST MENU, fail test of code P1733.
TEST MENU. Did the result pass?
Is the system OK ? YES−The problem has been corrected.
NO−Go to step 10.
14-157
02/09/18 13:50:20 62SDA00A_140_0159

• Shift Solenoid Valves B and C Stuck ON gears at speeds over 10 mph (16 km/h) for 20
• Shift Valves B and C Stuck seconds, then slow down and stop the vehicle.
NOTE: Record all freeze data and review General 8. Retest-drive the vehicle in the position in all five
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-3) before gears at 10 mph (16 km/h) for 20 seconds.
you troubleshoot.
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating fail test of code P1734.
the proper level, and check for fluid leaks. YES−Repair shift valves B and C, or replace the
transmission.
Has the AT F deteriorated? time. If the tester tells you NOT COMPLETE, return
drive the vehicle under the same conditions as 10. Clear the DTC in CLEAR MENU with the Honda
those indicated by the freeze data, then recheck. PGM Tester or HDS.
NO−Go to step 4. 11. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes under the
4. Clear the DTC in CLEAR MENU with the Honda data.
PGM Tester or HDS.
5. Select SHIFT SOL TEST in MISC. TEST MENU, then fail test of code P1734.
MENU with the Honda PGM Tester or HDS. Did the result pass?
Is a clicking sound heard? YES−The problem has been corrected.

step 10, and check that the repair has been
completed.

YES−Go to step 6.

to step 10, and check that the repair has been
completed.
14-158
02/09/18 13:50:21 62SDA00A_140_0160
Road Test
5. Test-drive the vehicle on a flat road in the
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating position. Check for abnormal noise and clutch
temperature (the radiator fan comes on). slippage. While driving, check that the shift points
occur at the proper speeds by monitoring the
2. Apply the parking brake, and block both rear throttle position sensor voltage with the PGM
wheels. Start the engine, then shift to the Tester and comparing your shift point speeds and
position while pressing the brake pedal. Press the voltage to those in the table. (The throttle position
accelerator pedal, and release it suddenly. The sensor voltage represents the throttle opening.)
engine should not stall.
Upshift: Position
3. Repeat step 2 in the , , , and positions.
Throttle position sensor voltage: 0.8 V
4. Connect the Honda PGM Tester or HDS to the DLC
(A), and go to the A/T data list. 1st→2nd 9−12 mph (14−19 km/h)
NOTE: The illustration shows LHD model; RHD 2nd→3rd 20−23 mph (32−37 km/h)
model is symmetrical.
3rd→4th 29−33 mph (47−53 km/h)
4th→5th 39−44 mph (63−71 km/h)
Lock-up ON 48−55 mph (77−89 km/h)
1st→2nd 20−24 mph (32−39 km/h)
2nd→3rd 37−42 mph (60−68 km/h)
A 3rd→4th 58−64 mph (93−103 km/h)
4th→5th 103−113 mph (166−182 km/h)
Lock-up ON 108−119 mph (174−192 km/h)
Fully-opened throttle
1st→2nd 34−39 mph (55−63 km/h)
2nd→3rd 64−72 mph (103−116 km/h)
3rd→4th 100−111 mph (161−179 km/h)
4th→5th ―――
Lock-up ON ―――
(cont’d)
14-159
02/09/18 13:51:14 62SDA00A_140_0161
Road Test (cont’d)

Downshift: Position 8. Test in (Park) Position.
Park the vehicle on a slope (about 16°), apply the
Throttle position sensor voltage: 0.8 V brake, and shift into the position. Release the
brake; the vehicle should not move.
Lock-up OFF 47−53 mph (76−85 km/h)
NOTE: Always use the brake to hold the vehicle,
5th→4th 30−35 mph (48−56 km/h) when stopped on an incline in gear. Depending on
the grade of the incline, the vehicle could roll
4th→3rd 19−22 mph (31−35 km/h) backwards if the brake is released.
3rd→1st 5−8 mph (8−13 km/h)
Fully-opened throttle
5th→4th 116−128 mph (187−206 km/h)
4th→3rd 85−95 mph (137−153 km/h)
3rd→2nd 54−61 mph (87−98 km/h)
2nd→1st 26−31 mph (42−50 km/h)
6. Accelerate to about 35 mph (57 km/h) so the

transmission is in 4th or 5th, then shift from the
position to the position. The vehicle should
immediately begin to slow down from engine
braking.
7. Check for abnormal noise and clutch slippage in

the following positions.
(1st Gear) Position

Accelerate from a stop at full throttle. Check that
there is no abnormal noise or clutch slippage.
Upshifts should not occur with the shift lever in this
position.
(2nd Gear) Position

Accelerate from a stop at full throttle. Check that
there is no abnormal noise or clutch slippage.
Upshifts and downshifts should not occur with the
shift lever in this position.
(Reverse) Position
Accelerate from a stop at full throttle, and check for
abnormal noise and clutch slippage.
14-160
02/09/18 13:51:14 62SDA00A_140_0162
Stall Speed Test

1. Engage the parking brake, and block all four wheels. 7. If the measurements are out of the service limit,
problems and probable causes are listed in the
2. Connect the Honda PGM Tester or HDS to the DLC table below:
(A), and go to the A/T data list.
Problem Probable causes
NOTE: The illustration shows LHD model; RHD Stall speed rpm • Low fluid level
model is symmetrical. high in the , , • ATF pump output low
and positions • Clogged ATF strainer
• Regulator valve stuck
• Slipping clutch
Stall speed rpm Slippage of 1st clutch
high in the
position
Stall speed rpm Slippage of 2nd clutch
high in the
position
Stall speed rpm Slippage 4th clutch
high in the
position
A Stall speed rpm • Engine output low
low in the , , • Engine throttle valve
and positions closed
3. Make sure the A/C switch is OFF. • Torque converter one-
way clutch slipping
4. After the engine has warmed up to normal
operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on),
shift to the position.
5. Fully press the brake pedal and accelerator pedal

for 6 to 8 seconds, and note engine speed. Do not
move the shift lever while raising engine speed.
6. Allow 2 minutes for cooling, then repeat the test in

the , and positions.
NOTE:
• Do not test stall speed for more than 10 seconds
at a time.
• Stall speed tests should be used for diagnostic
purposes only.
• Stall speed should be the same in , , and
positions.
• Do not test stall speed with the A/T pressure
gauges installed.
Stall Speed rpm:

Specification: 2,400 rpm (min−1)
Service Limit: 2,250−2,550 rpm (min−1)
14-161
02/09/18 13:51:16 62SDA00A_140_0163
Pressure Tests
Special Tools Required 6. Remove the intake air duct and air cleaner housing,
A/T oil pressure gauge set 07406-0020004 and connect the oil pressure gauges to the 2nd
clutch pressure inspection hole (C). Then
1. Before testing, be sure the transmission fluid is temporarily install the air cleaner housing and
filled to the proper level. intake air duct.
C
2. Lift the vehicle up on a lift or apply the parking
brake, block rear wheels, and raise the front of the
vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported.
3. Allow the front wheels to rotate freely.
4. Warm up the engine (the radiator fan comes on),

then stop it and connect the Honda PGM Tester or
HDS to the DLC.
5. Connect the oil pressure gauges to the line

pressure inspection hole (A) and 4th clutch
pressure inspection hole (B). Do not allow dust or
other foreign particles to enter the holes while
connecting the gauges. 7. Connect the oil pressure gauge to the 1st clutch
pressure inspection hole (D), 3rd clutch pressure
inspection hole (E), and 5th clutch pressure
inspection hole (F).
07406-0020004
F
B
8. Start the engine, and run it at 2,000 rpm (min−1) in

A the or position.
14-162
02/09/18 13:51:16 62SDA00A_140_0164
9. Measure line pressure at the line pressure 16. If the measurements are out of service limit,
inspection hole (A). problems and probable causes are listed in the
table below:
NOTE: Higher pressure may be indicated if
measurements are made in shift lever position Problem Probable causes
other than or . No or low line • Torque converter
pressure • ATF pump
Pressure Fluid Pressure • Regulator valve
Standard Service Limit • Torque converter check
Line (A) 900−960 kPa 850 kPa valve
(9.2−9.8 kgf/cm2, (8.7 kgf/cm2, • Low fluid level
130−140 psi) 120 psi) • Clogged ATF strainer
No or low 1st • 1st clutch
10. Shift to the position, and measure 1st clutch clutch pressure • O-rings
pressure at the 1st clutch pressure inspection hole No or low 2nd • 2nd clutch
(D) while holding engine speed at 2,000 rpm (min−1). clutch pressure • O-rings
No or low 3rd • 3rd clutch
11. Shift to the position, and measure 2nd clutch clutch pressure • O-rings
pressure at the 2nd clutch pressure inspection hole No or low 4th • 4th clutch
(C) while holding engine speed at 2,000 rpm (min−1). clutch pressure • O-rings
No or low 5th • 5th clutch
12. Shift to the position, and measure the 3rd clutch clutch pressure • O-rings
pressure at the 3rd clutch inspection hole (E) while No or low 4th • Servo valve
holding engine speed at 2,000 rpm (min−1). clutch pressure • 4th clutch
in the position • O-rings
13. Shift to the position, measure 4th clutch
pressure at the 4th clutch pressure inspection hole 17. Install the sealing bolts with the new sealing
(B) while driving in the 4th gear, and measure 5th washers, and tighten the bolts to the specified
clutch pressure at the 5th clutch pressure torque. Do not reuse old sealing washers.
inspection hole (F).
Torque: 18 N·m (1.8 kgf·m,13 lbf·ft)
14. Bring the engine back to an idle, then apply the
brake to stop the wheels from rotating.
18. Install the air cleaner housing and intake air duct.
15. Shift to the position. Raise the engine rpm to
2,000 rpm (min−1), and measure 4th clutch pressure
at the 4th clutch pressure inspection hole (B).
Pressure Fluid Pressure

Standard Service Limit
1st clutch 890−970 kPa 840 kPa
(D) (9.1−9.9 kgf/cm2, (8.6 kgf/cm2,
2nd clutch 130−140 psi) 120 psi)
(C)
3rd clutch
(D)
4th clutch
(B)
5th clutch
(F)
14-163
02/09/18 13:51:18 62SDA00A_140_0165
Shift Solenoid Valves Test

1. Remove the splash shield. 8. Place a transmission jack under the transmission,
and remove the transmission lower mount nuts.
2. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic
transmission fluid (ATF). Then reinstall the drain
plug with a new sealing washer (B).
A
18 x 1.5 mm
49 N·m
(5.0 kgf·m, 36 lbf·ft)
10 x 1.25 mm
B 44 N·m (4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft)
9. Lift the transmission up to create clearance

between the transmission and front subframe with
3. Disconnect the battery negative terminal, then the jack.
disconnect the battery positive terminal.
10. Remove the ATF dipstick, and remove the bolts
4. Remove the battery hold-down bracket, then securing the ATF cooler inlet line brackets (A) and
remove the battery cover, battery, and battery tray. ATF dipstick guide pipe (B) from the transmission
hanger (C).
5. Remove the intake air duct and air cleaner housing.
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
6. Loosen the two bolts securing the battery base (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
B
from under the vehicle, and remove the two bolts 6 x 1.0 mm
securing the battery base in the engine 12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
compartment, then remove the battery base.
7. Remove the ground cable (A), transmission upper C

mount bracket (B), and bracket plate (C).
6 x 1.0 mm 10 x 1.25 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 54 N·m (5.5 kgf·m, 40 lbf·ft)
8.7 lbf·ft)
A
C
A
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m,
8.7 lbf·ft)
11. Remove the harness clamp (D), then remove the

B
ATF dipstick guide pipe.
12 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m (5.5 kgf·m, 40 lbf·ft)
14-164
02/09/18 13:51:20 62SDA00A_140_0166
12. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 16. If the resistance is out of standard, disconnect the
shift solenoid valve connector, and measure its
resistance at the solenoid valve connector. Replace
the shift solenoid valve if the resistance is out of
B
standard.
C 17. Connect the battery positive terminal to the shift

solenoid harness connector terminals, and connect
the battery negative terminal to body ground
A
individually. A clicking sound should be heard.
B
18. If no sound is heard, connect the battery positive
terminal to the shift solenoid valve connector
terminal, and check for a clicking sound. Replace
the shift solenoid valve if no clicking sound is heard.
19. Replace the shift solenoid harness if the test results

6 x 1.0 mm are OK.
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
13. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), dowel 20. Install a new O-ring on the shift solenoid harness
pins (B), and gasket (C). connector, and install the connector in the
14. Remove the shift solenoid harness connector.
21. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, dowel pins
and a new gasket.
22. Install the new O-ring on the ATF dipstick guide

pipe, and install the ATF dipstick guide pipe, then
install the harness clamp on the ATF dipstick guide
pipe.
23. Secure the ATF cooler line brackets on the

transmission hanger with the bolts.
24. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then

connect the connector securely.
25. Install the transmission lower mount nuts.

6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
Terminal side of male terminals 26. Install the transmission upper mount bracket,
bracket plate, and ground cable, then remove the
15. Measure shift solenoid valves resistance between transmission jack.
shift solenoid harness connector terminals below
and body ground: 27. Refill the transmission with ATF (see page 14-179).
• No. 1 (GRN): shift solenoid valve C
• No. 2 (ORN): shift solenoid valve B 28. Install the battery base, then install the air cleaner
• No. 3 (RED): shift solenoid valve E housing and intake air duct.
• No. 5 (BLU): shift solenoid valve A
• No. 8 (YEL): shift solenoid valve D 29. Install the battery tray, battery, and battery cover,
then secure the battery with its hold-down bracket.
Standard: 12−25 Connect the battery terminals.
30. Install the splash shield.
14-165
02/09/18 13:51:22 62SDA00A_140_0167
Shift Solenoid Valves Replacement

1. Remove the splash shield. 8. Place the transmission jack under the transmission,
transmission fluid (ATF). Then reinstall the drain
plug with a new sealing washer (B).
A
18 x 1.5 mm
49 N·m
10 x 1.25 mm
B 44 N·m (4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft)

3. Disconnect the battery negative terminal, then the jack.
disconnect the battery positive terminal.
10. Remove the ATF dipstick, and remove the bolts
4. Remove the battery hold-down bracket, then securing the ATF cooler inlet line brackets (A) and
remove the battery cover, battery, and battery tray. ATF dipstick guide pipe (B) from the transmission
hanger (C).
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
6. Loosen the two bolts securing the battery base (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
B
from under the vehicle, and remove the two bolts 6 x 1.0 mm
securing the battery base in the engine 12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
7. Remove the ground cable (A), transmission upper C

6 x 1.0 mm 10 x 1.25 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 54 N·m (5.5 kgf·m, 40 lbf·ft)
8.7 lbf·ft)
A
C
A
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m,
8.7 lbf·ft)
11. Remove the harness clamp (D), then remove the

B
12 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m (5.5 kgf·m, 40 lbf·ft)
14-166
02/09/18 13:51:23 62SDA00A_140_0168
12. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), dowel 15. Install the shift solenoid valves C, D, and E. While
pins (B), and gasket (C). holding the shift solenoid valve body, be sure to
install the solenoid valves until their mounting
brackets contact the servo body.
B
16. Install the shift solenoid valves A and B. While
holding the shift solenoid valve body, be sure to
C install the solenoid valves until their mounting
brackets contact the bracket of the installed
solenoid. Install the solenoid mounting bolts (H)
A
and tighten them. Do not install the solenoid valves
B A and B before installing the shift solenoid valves D
and E. If solenoid valves A and B are installed
before solenoid valves D and E, it may damage the
hydraulic control system.
17. Connect the shift solenoid valve D connector (G)

with the ATF temperature sensor.
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
18. Connect the solenoid valve A connector (BLU wire),
13. Disconnect the shift solenoid valve connectors, solenoid valve B connector (ORN wire), solenoid
remove the solenoid mounting bolts (H), then hold valve C connector (GRN wire), and solenoid valve E
the solenoid valve body and remove the shift connector (RED wire).
solenoid valves. Do not hold the connector to
remove the shift solenoid valve. 19. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, dowel pins
and a new gasket.
F
C 20. Install the new O-ring on the ATF dipstick guide
H pipe, and install the ATF dipstick guide pipe, then
F install the harness clamp on the ATF dipstick guide
pipe.
E 21. Secure the ATF cooler line brackets on the

F transmission hanger with the bolts.

H
G
B 23. Install the transmission upper mount bracket,
F bracket plate, and ground cable, then remove the
transmission jack.
D
H
6 x 1.0 mm 24. Refill the transmission with ATF (see page 14-179).
F 12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 25. Install the battery base, then install the air cleaner
A 8.7 lbf·ft)
housing and intake air duct.
14. Install the new O-rings (two O-rings per solenoid 26. Install the battery tray, battery, and battery cover,
valve) (F) on the replacement solenoid valve. then secure the battery with its hold-down bracket.
Connect the battery terminals.
14-167
02/09/18 13:51:24 62SDA00A_140_0169
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test

1. Remove the intake air duct. 7. Check the fluid passage of the A/T clutch pressure
control solenoid valve for dust or dirt.
2. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
valve A connector. 8. Connect the No. 1 terminal of the A/T clutch
pressure control solenoid valve A connector to the
battery positive terminal, and connect the No. 2
terminal to the battery negative terminal. Make
sure the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve
moves.
3. Measure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve

A resistance at the solenoid valve A connector.
STANDARD: 3−10
4. If the resistance is out of standard, replace the A/T

clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. 9. Disconnect one of the battery terminals and check
for valve movement.
5. Connect the battery positive terminal to the No. 1
terminal of the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid NOTE: You can see valve movement through the
valve A connector, and connect the battery fluid passage in the mounting surface of the A/T
negative terminal to the No. 2 terminal. A clicking clutch pressure control solenoid valve A body.
sound should be heard.
10. If the valve binds or moves sluggishly, or if the
6. If no sound is heard, remove the A/T clutch solenoid valve does not operate, replace the A/T
pressure control solenoid valve A. clutch pressure control solenoid valve A.
14-168
02/09/18 13:51:25 62SDA00A_140_0170
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Replacement

1. Remove the intake air duct. 11. Check the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
valve A connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect
2. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid the connector securely.
valve A connector.
12. Install the intake air duct.
3. Remove the bolts securing the ATF cooler inlet line
brackets (B) from the transmission hanger (C).
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
F 6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m,
8.7 lbf·ft)
4. Remove the mounting bolts and the A/T clutch

pressure control solenoid valve A.
5. Remove the ATF pipe (D), ATF joint pipes (E), O-

rings (F), and gasket (G).
6. Clean the mounting surface and fluid passages of

the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A
and transmission housing.
7. Install the new gasket on the transmission housing,

and install the ATF pipe and ATF joint pipes.
8. Install the new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes.
9. Install the new A/T clutch pressure control solenoid

valve A.
10. Secure the ATF cooler inlet line brackets with the
bolts on the transmission hanger.
14-169
02/09/18 13:51:26 62SDA00A_140_0171
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valves B and C Test

1. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid 6. Check the fluid passage of the A/T clutch pressure
valves B and C connectors. control solenoid valve for dust or dirt.
7. Connect the No. 1 terminal of the A/T clutch

C pressure control solenoid valves B and C
connectors to the battery positive terminal, and
connect the No. 2 terminal to the battery negative
terminal. Make sure the A/T clutch pressure control
solenoid valves B and C move.
2. Measure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve

B resistance at the solenoid valve B connector, and
measure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve
C resistance at the solenoid valve C connector.
STANDARD: 3−10
3. If the resistance of either A/T clutch pressure

control solenoid valve is out of standard, replace
the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B
and C. B C
4. Connect the battery positive terminal to the No. 1 8. Disconnect one of the battery terminals, and check
terminal of the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve movement.
valves B and C connectors, and connect the battery
negative terminal to the No. 2 terminal. A clicking NOTE: You can see valve movement through the
sound should be heard. fluid passage in the mounting surface of the A/T
clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C
5. If no sound is heard, remove the A/T clutch body.
pressure control solenoid valves B and C.
9. If either valve binds or moves sluggishly, or if the
solenoid valve does not operate, replace the A/T
clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C.
14-170
02/09/18 13:51:27 62SDA00A_140_0172
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valves B and C Replacement

1. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
valves B and C connectors.
2. Remove the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid

valves B and C.
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
3. Remove the ATF joint pipes (D), O-rings (E), and

gasket (A).
4. Clean the mounting surface and fluid passages of

the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B
and C and transmission housing.
5. Install the new gasket on the transmission housing,

and install the ATF joint pipes.
6. Install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes.
7. Install new A/T clutch pressure control solenoid

valves B and C.
8. Check A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B

and C connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect
the connectors securely.
14-171
02/09/18 13:51:27 62SDA00A_140_0173
Mainshaft Speed Sensor Countershaft Speed Sensor

Replacement Replacement
1. Remove the intake air duct and air cleaner housing. 1. Disconnect the countershaft speed sensor
connector, and remove the countershaft speed
2. Disconnect the mainshaft speed sensor connector, sensor.
and remove the mainshaft speed sensor.
6 x 1.0 mm
6 x 1.0 mm 12 N·m
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
3. Install the new O-ring (A) on the new mainshaft

speed sensor (B), then install the mainshaft speed
sensor in the transmission housing. 2. Install the new O-ring (A) on the new countershaft
speed sensor (B), then install the countershaft
4. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then speed sensor in the transmission housing.
5. Install the intake air duct and air cleaner housing. connect the connector securely.
14-172
02/09/18 13:51:28 62SDA00A_140_0174
2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Replacement

1. Remove the intake air duct.
2. Disconnect the connector from the 2nd clutch

transmission fluid pressure switch (A), and remove
the switch.
A
B 20 N·m
3. Make sure there is no water, oil, dust, or foreign

particles inside the connector.
4. Install the new 2nd clutch transmission fluid

pressure switch with a new sealing washer (B), and
tighten the switch to the specified torque.
5. Connect the connector securely.
6. Install the intake air duct.
14-173
02/09/18 13:51:28 62SDA00A_140_0175
3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Replacement

1. Disconnect the battery negative terminal, then 7. Install the 3rd clutch new transmission fluid
disconnect the battery positive terminal. pressure switch with a new sealing washer (B), and
tighten the switch to the specified torque.
2. Remove the battery hold-down bracket, then
remove the battery cover, battery, and battery tray. 8. Connect the connector securely.
3. Remove the intake air duct and air cleaner housing. 9. Install the battery base, then install the air cleaner
housing and intake air duct.
4. Loosen the two bolts securing the battery base
from under the vehicle, and remove the two bolts 10. Install the battery tray, battery, and battery cover,
securing the battery base in the engine then secure the battery with its hold-down bracket.
compartment, then remove the battery base. Connect the battery terminals.
5. Disconnect the connector from the 3rd clutch

transmission fluid pressure switch (A), then
remove the switch.
A
20 N·m
6. Make sure there is no water, oil, dust, or foreign

particles inside the connector.
14-174
02/09/18 13:51:30 62SDA00A_140_0176
ATF Temperature Sensor Test and Replacement

1. Remove the splash shield. 7. Remove the ground cable (A), transmission upper
6 x 1.0 mm 10 x 1.25 mm
transmission fluid (ATF). Then reinstall the drain 12 N·m 54 N·m (5.5 kgf·m, 40 lbf·ft)
plug with a new sealing washer (B). (1.2 kgf·m,
8.7 lbf·ft)
A
18 x 1.5 mm A
C
49 N·m
B 12 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m (5.5 kgf·m, 40 lbf·ft)
3. Disconnect the battery negative terminal, then
disconnect the battery positive terminal. 8. Place the transmission jack under the transmission,
remove the battery cover, battery, and battery tray.

from under the vehicle, and remove the two bolts
securing the battery base in the engine
10 x 1.25 mm
44 N·m

the jack.
(cont’d)
14-175
02/09/18 13:51:32 62SDA00A_140_0177
ATF Temperature Sensor Test and Replacement (cont’d)

10. Remove the ATF dipstick, and remove the bolts 14. Remove the shift solenoid harness connector.
securing the ATF cooler inlet line brackets (A) and
ATF dipstick guide pipe (B) from the transmission
hanger (C).
B 6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
6 x 1.0 mm
6 x 1.0 mm 12 N·m
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) Terminal side of female terminals
15. Measure ATF temperature sensor resistance

between shift solenoid harness connector
D terminals No. 6 and No. 7.
11. Remove the harness clamp (D), then remove the STANDARD: 50 − 25 k
16. If the resistance is out of standard, replace the ATF
12. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. temperature sensor and solenoid harness; go to
step 17. The ATF temperature sensor is not
available separately from the solenoid harness.
If the measurement is within the standard, install
B the removed parts; go to step 20.
17. Disconnect the connectors from the shift solenoid

valves.
C
A
B
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
13. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), dowel

pins (B), and gasket (C).
14-176
02/09/18 13:51:32 62SDA00A_140_0178
18. Connect the shift solenoid valve D connector with 26. Install the transmission upper mount bracket,
the ATF temperature sensor (F) on the shift bracket plate, and ground cable, then remove the
solenoid harness. transmission jack.
C 27. Refill the transmission with ATF (see page 14-179).
28. Install the battery base, then install the air cleaner
E housing and intake air duct.
B 29. Install the battery tray, battery, and battery cover,

D Connect the battery terminals.

A
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
F (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
19. Connect the solenoid valve A connector (BLU wire),

solenoid valve B connector (ORN wire), solenoid
valve C connector (GRN wire), and solenoid valve E
connector (RED wire).
20. Install the new O-ring on the shift solenoid harness

connector, and install the connector in the
21. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, dowel pins

and a new gasket.
22. Install the new O-ring on the ATF dipstick guide

pipe, and install the ATF dipstick guide pipe, then
install the harness clamp on the ATF dipstick guide
pipe.
23. Secure the ATF cooler line brackets on the

transmission hanger with the bolts.

14-177
02/09/18 13:51:34 62SDA00A_140_0179
ATF Level Check

NOTE: Keep all foreign particles out of the transmission. 6. If the level is below the lower mark, check for fluid
leaks at the transmission, hose and line joints, and
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating cooler lines.
temperature (the radiator fan comes on). If the level is an excess, drain the ATF to proper
level.
2. Park the vehicle on level ground, and turn the
engine off. 7. Pour the recommended fluid into the opening (A) of
the dipstick guide pipe to bring it to upper mark.
3. Remove the dipstick (yellow loop) (A) from the ATF Always use genuine Honda ATF-Z1 automatic
dipstick guide pipe, and wipe it with a clean cloth. transmission fluid (ATF). Using a non-Honda ATF
can affect shift quality.
A
B
8. Insert the dipstick back into the dipstick guide pipe

4. Insert the dipstick aligning the cap (B) with the with aligning the cap with the guide tab on the
guide tab (C). guide pipe.
5. Remove the dipstick (A) and check the fluid level. It

should be between upper mark (B) and lower mark
(C).
14-178
02/09/18 13:51:35 62SDA00A_140_0180
ATF Replacement
NOTE: Keep all foreign particles out of the transmission. 4. Remove the dipstick, and refill transmission with
the recommended fluid amount through the
1. Bring the transmission up to normal operating opening of the dipstick guide pipe until the level
temperature (the radiator fan comes on). reaches the upper mark on the dipstick. Always use
genuine Honda ATF-Z1 automatic transmission
2. Park the vehicle on level ground, and turn the fluid (ATF). Using a non-Honda ATF can affect shift
engine off. quality.
3. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic Automatic Transmission Fluid Capacity:
transmission fluid (ATF). Then reinstall the drain 2.8 L (3.0 US qt, 2.5 lmp qt) at change
plug with a new sealing washer (B). 6.5 L (6.9 US qt, 5.7 lmp qt) at overhaul
A
18 x 1.5 mm
49 N·m
5. Insert the dipstick (A) into the dipstick guide pipe

aligning the cap (B) with the guide tab (C).
A
B
14-179
02/09/18 13:52:18 62SDA00A_140_0181
Transmission Removal
1. Before disconnecting the battery, make sure you 10. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
have the anti-theft code for the radio (and valve A connector, and 2nd clutch transmission
navigation system), then write down the fluid pressure switch connector (B), and remove the
frequencies for the radio’s preset stations. harness clamps (C) from the clamp brackets (D).
2. Raise the vehicle, and make sure it is supported C

securely. B
3. Remove the splash shield.

A
transmission fluid (ATF). C
D
A
18 x 1.5 mm
49 N·m
11. Remove the transmission range switch connector

(A) from its bracket (B), then disconnect it.
B C F
G A
5. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing D
washer (B). H
6. Disconnect the battery negative terminal, then

disconnect the battery positive terminal. G
E
remove the battery cover, battery, and battery tray.
H

from under the vehicle, and remove the two bolts B
securing the battery base in the engine
compartment, then remove the battery base. 12. Remove the AF sensor connector (C) from its
bracket (D), then disconnect it.
13. Disconnect the mainshaft speed sensor connector

(E) and countershaft speed sensor connector (F),
and remove the harness clamps (G) from the clamp
brackets (H).
14-180
02/09/18 13:52:20 62SDA00A_140_0182
14. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid 16. Remove the ATF cooler hoses (A) from the ATF
pressure switch connector (A), and remove the cooler lines (B). Turn the ends of the ATF cooler
harness clamp (B) from the clamp bracket (C). hoses up to prevent ATF from flowing out, then
plug the ATF cooler hoses and lines.
C
B
15. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector (A), A

A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B
connector, and solenoid valve C connector, and 17. Check for any signs of leakage at the hose joints.
remove the harness clamp (D) from the clamp
bracket (E). 18. Remove the ATF cooler hose (A) from the hose
clamp (B).
B A
C
D
19. Disconnect the ATF cooler hose (C) from the ATF
cooler line (D), then plug the hose end.
(cont’d)
14-181
02/09/18 13:52:21 62SDA00A_140_0183
Transmission Removal (cont’d)

20. Remove the ground cable (A), transmission upper 23. Remove the vacuum hose (A) from its clamp (B),
mount bracket plate (B), and transmission upper then disconnect the hose from the vacuum line (C).
mount bracket (C).
D
A E
B
B
C
C
24. Remove the front mount stop (D) and clamp
21. Attach the hanger plate (A) to the stud nut (B) on bracket (E), and remove the front mount bolt (F).
the ERG passage with 8×1.25−16 mm bolt (C).Use
only the 8×1.25 mm and 16 mm in length of the
threads bolt. If you use other than 16 mm threads-
length bolt, it may damege the engine cylinder
head.
22. Attach the hanger plate (D) to the threaded hole in

the back of the cylinder head. Attach the hoist to
the hanger plates, and lift and support the engine.
Do not attach the hoist to the engine directly,
always use the hanger plates.
14-182
02/09/18 13:52:23 62SDA00A_140_0184
25. Insert a 6 mm Allen wrench (A) in the top of the ball 28. Remove the steering gearbox heat shield (A), and
joint pin (B), and remove the nuts (C), then separate remove the bolt (B) securing the power steering
the stabilizer link (D) from the lower arms (E). fluid line bracket.
H NOTE: The illustration shows LHD model; RHD

model is similar.
K
I
B
J
D
F B A
A
26. Remove the cotter pins (F), castle nuts (G), damper 29. Remove the power steering fluid line from its
pinch bolt (H), self-locking nut (I), bolt (J), and clamps on the front subframe.
damper forks (K), then separate the ball joints from
the lower arms (see page 18-21).
27. Remove the exhaust pipe A and its mount.
(cont’d)
14-183
02/09/18 13:52:25 62SDA00A_140_0185

30. Remove the engine stiffener (A), and remove the 33. Remove the rear mount stop.
drive plate bolts (B) while rotating the crankshaft
pulley.
A 34. Remove the power steering fluid line bracket (A)

from the front subframe.
31. Remove the three bolts securing the shift cable
holder (A), then remove the shift cable cover (B). NOTE: The illustration shows LHD model; RHD
model is similar.
A
D A
E
B
32. Remove the spring clip (C) and control pin (D), then
separate the shift cable (E) from the control lever
(F). Do not bend the shift cable excessively.
14-184
02/09/18 13:52:26 62SDA00A_140_0186
35. Remove the steering gear box mounting bolts and 37. Remove the rear mount base bracket bolts.
stiffener.

model is similar.
38. Remove the transmission lower mounts nuts.
36. Remove the steering gearbox mounting bracket

bolts.

model is similar.
(cont’d)
14-185
02/09/18 13:52:28 62SDA00A_140_0187

39. Remove the both mid-mounts. 41. Support the subframe (A) with a 4×4×40 in. piece
of wood (B) and a jack.
A B
42. Remove the four bolts securing the stiffeners (A),

and four bolts securing the front subframe (B).
C
40. Make the appropriate reference lines (A) at both
ends of the subframe (B) that line up with the edge D
(C) of the stiffeners (D).
D
A
A
A
B
B
43. Lower the front subframe by sliding the steering

gearbox (C) out to clear the gearbox mounting
braket (D) on the subframe.
44. Hang the steering gearbox to the body with a rope.
14-186
02/09/18 13:52:30 62SDA00A_140_0188
45. Remove the transmission lower mounts. 48. Remove the rear mount/base bracket (A).
B
46. Remove the driveshaft boot cover (A) and 49. Remove the rear mount bracket (B).
bracket (B).
50. Place a jack under the transmission.
C
51. Remove the transmission housing mounting bolts.
A B
47. Pry out the driveshafts (C), and remove them from
the differential (see page 16-6).
(cont’d)
14-187
02/09/18 13:52:31 62SDA00A_140_0189

52. Remove the front mount bracket. 54. Remove the transmission housing mounting bolts.
55. Slide the transmission away from the engine to

53. Remove the transmission housing mounting bolts. remove it from the vehicle.
56. Remove the torque converter.
57. Inspect the drive plate, and replace it if it’s

damaged.
14-188
02/09/18 13:52:32 62SDA00A_140_0190
Drive Plate Removal and

Installation
58. Check the transmission lower fornt mount (A) and
lower rear mount (B). If the mount rubber (C) is
worn or damaged, replace the mount. It is no need 1. Remove the drive plate (A) and washer (B) from the
to replace the lower rear mount if its sub-mount engine crankshaft.
rubber (D) has raptured or cracks, reuse it.
A
A B
C
C
D
12 x 1.0 mm
74 N·m (7.5 kgf·m, 54 lbf·ft)
2. Install the drive plate and washer on the engine

crankshaft, and tighten the eight bolts in a
crisscross pattern in two or more steps.
14-189
02/09/18 13:52:34 62SDA00A_140_0191
Transmission Installation
1. Flush the ATF cooler. 6. Install the transmission housing mounting bolts.
2. Install the torque converter assembly (A) on the

mainshaft (B) with the new O-ring (C).
12 x 1.25 mm
64 N·m (6.5 kgf·m, 47 lbf·ft)
C
A D
7. Install the transmission housing mounting bolts.
3. Install the 14 x 20 mm dowel pins (D) in the torque

converter housing.
4. Place the transmission on the jack, and raise the

transmission to the engine level.
5. Attach the transmission to the engine, then install

the transmission housing mounting bolts.
12 x 1.25 mm
64 N·m (6.5 kgf·m, 47 lbf·ft)
12 x 1.25 mm
64 N·m
8. Remove the jack from the transmission.
14-190
02/09/18 13:52:36 62SDA00A_140_0192
9. Install the front mount bracket with the new bolts. 12. Install the new set rings (A) on the right and left
driveshafts (B).
F 8 x 1.25 mm
10 x 1.25 mm B 22 N·m (2.2 kgf·m,
12 x 1.25 mm 22 N·m (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft)
64 N·m 16 lbf·ft)
Replace. A
D E
10. Install the rear mount bracket (A). 10 x 1.25 mm
G 22 N·m (2.2 kgf·m,
10 x 1.25 mm 16 lbf·ft)
12 x 1.25 mm
88 N·m (9.0 kgf·m, 65 lbf·ft) 22 N·m (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft)
A 13. Install the right and left driveshafts (see page 16-21).
While installing the driveshafts in the differential,
be sure not to allow dust or other foreign particles
to enter the transmission.
NOTE:
• Clean the areas where the driveshafts contact the
transmission (differential) with solvent or
carburetor cleaner, and dry with compressed air.
• Turn the right and left steering knuckle fully
outward, and slide the driveshafts into the
differential until you feel its set ring engages the
side gear.
B
10 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m (5.5 kgf·m, 40 lbf·ft) 14. Install the driveshaft boot cover bracket (C).
11. Install the rear mount/base bracket (B). 15. Install the driveshaft boot cover (D), but do not
tighten the bolts.
16. Tighten the upper right bolt (E) on the cover first,
then upper left bolt (F), and lastly the lower left
bolt (G).
(cont’d)
14-191
02/09/18 13:52:38 62SDA00A_140_0193
Transmission Installation (cont’d)

17. Install the transmission lower mounts. 19. Slide the steering gearbox (A) in the gearbox
mounting bracket (B). Apply a neutral detergent
(diluted with water) to the steering gearbox
10 x 1.25 mm bushing (C) surfaces upper and lower. If you don’t
44 N·m apply a neutral detergent to the bushing surfaces,
(4.5 kgf·m,
33 lbf·ft) the gearbox bushing will be damaged when
installing the subframe.
A
C
B
18. Support the front subframe with a wood piece and

a jack, and lift it up to body. D
D E
14 x 1.5 mm
103 N·m E
F 12 x 1.25 mm
(10.5 kgf·m, 12 x 1.25 mm F
75.9 lbf·ft) 54 N·m
93 N·m (5.5 kgf·m,
Replace. (9.5 kgf·m, D 40 lbf·ft)
69 lbf·ft) Replace.
Replace.
20. Loosely install the new subframe mounting bolts

(D), stiffener mounting bolts (E), and new stiffener
mounting bolts (F).
21. Loosely install both of the new mid-mounts

mounting bolts.
10 x 1.25 mm
12 x 1.25 mm 49 N·m
44 N·m (5.0 kgf·m,
(4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft) 36 lbf·ft)
Replace. Replace.
14-192
02/09/18 13:52:39 62SDA00A_140_0194
22. Align the reference marks (A) with edge (B) of both 25. Install the transmission lower mounts nuts.
rear stiffeners (C), and tighten the rear subframe
mounting bolts, then front bolts, and tighten the
stiffener bolts to the specified torque.
B
10 x 1.25 mm
44 N·m (4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft)
A
26. Install the steering gearbox mounting bolts, and

23. Tighten the mid-mount mounting bolts. install new stiffener bolt.
24. Install the rear mount base bracket bolts. NOTE: The illustration shows LHD model; RHD
model is similar.
10 x 1.25 mm
59 N·m (6.0 kgf·m, 43 lbf·ft)
10 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m
Replace.
10 x 1.25 mm
49 N·m (5.0 kgf·m, 36 lbf·ft)
(cont’d)
14-193
02/09/18 13:52:41 62SDA00A_140_0195

27. Install the steering gearbox mounting bracket bolts. 29. Install the rear mount stop.
12 x 1.25 mm
NOTE: The illustration shows LHD model; RHD 69 N·m (7.0 kgf·m, 51 lbf·ft)
model is similar.
10 x 1.25 mm
38 N·m (3.9 kgf·m, 28 lbf·ft)
30. Attach the shift cable end (A) to the control lever (B),
then insert the control pin (C) into the control lever
28. Secure the power steering fluid line bracket on the hole through the shift cable end, and secure the
subframe with the bolt. control pin with the spring clip (D). Do not bend the
shift cable excessively.
model is similar. 6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 N·m F
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
B
D
A
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
31. Install the shift cable cover (E), then secure the shift
cable holder (F) to the shift cable cover with the
three bolts.
14-194
02/09/18 13:52:43 62SDA00A_140_0196
32. Attach the torque converter to the drive plate with 35. Secure the power steering fluid line bracket (A)
eight bolts (A). Rotate the crankshaft pulley as with the bolt, and install the steering gearbox heat
necessary to tighten the bolts to 1/2 of the specified shield (B).
torque, then to the final torque, in a crisscross
pattern. After tightening the last bolt, check that the NOTE: The illustration shows LHD model; RHD
crankshaft rotates freely. model is similar.
10 x 1.25 mm 6 x 1.0 mm
44 N·m 9.8 N·m (1.0 kgf·m,
(4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft) 7.2 lbf·ft)
A B
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
6 x 1.0 mm
B 9.8 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
33. Install the engine stiffener (B). 36. Install the exhaust pipe A, its mount (B), and new
gaskets (C).
34. Secure the power steering fluid line with the
clamps.
C
10 x 1.25 mm
33 N·m
(3.4 kgf·m,
25 lbf·ft) 8 x 1.25 mm
B 22 N·m
C (2.2 kgf·m,
16 lbf·ft)
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m
(cont’d)
14-195
02/09/18 13:52:45 62SDA00A_140_0197

37. Install the damper forks (A) with damper pinch 42. Hold the sud nut (A) with a wrench, and remove the
bolts (B) and new self-locking nuts (C), then install hanger paltes and bolts. Tighten the EGR passage
the ball joints on the lower arms (D) with the castle mounting bolts (three bolts) (B) and stud nut to the
nuts (E) and new cotter pins (F). specified torque.
B
A 10 x 1.25 mm
43 N·m (4.4 kgf·m, 32 lbf·ft)
C 12 x 1.25 mm
64 N·m
(6.5 kgf·m,
47 lbf·ft)
G
D
H B
10 x 1.25 mm 8 x 1.25 mm
29 N·m 22 N·m
E (2.2 kgf·m,
12 x 1.25 mm (3.0 kgf·m,
22 lbf·ft) 16 lbf·ft)
88−98.1 N·m A
(9.0−10.0 kgf·m, F 8 x 1.25 mm
65−72.3 lbf·ft) I J 22 N·m (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft)
38. Install the stabilizer links (G) to the lower arms, and 43. Install the transmission upper mount bracket (A),
install the nuts (H). Insert a 6 mm Allen wrench (I) in transmission upper mount bracket plate (B), and
the ball joint pin (J), and tighten the nuts. ground cable (C).
6 x 1.0 mm 10 x 1.25 mm
39. Install the new front mount bolt. 12 N·m 54 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, (5.5 kgf·m, 40 lbf·ft)
B 8.7 lbf·ft)
E C
12 x 1.25 mm B
C 78 N·m
(8.0 kgf·m,
58 lbf·ft)
10 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m 12 x 1.25 mm
D (5.5 kgf·m, 40 lbf·ft) 54 N·m A
Replace. (5.5 kgf·m, 40 lbf·ft)
40. Install the front mount stop (A) and vacuum hose
clamp bracket (B).
41. Connect the vacuum hose (C) to the vacuum line

(D), then install the hose on its clamp (E) at the
mark (F).
14-196
02/09/18 13:52:47 62SDA00A_140_0198
44. Connect the ATF cooler hose (A) to the ATF cooler 47. Connect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure
line (B), and secure it with the clip (see page 14- switch connector (A), and install the harness clamp
199). (B) on the clamp bracket (C).
D C
E
C
B
B A
48. Connect the shift solenoid harness connector (A),
45. Install the ATF cooler hose (C) on the clamp (D) at A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B
the mark (E). connector, and solenoid valve C connector, and
install the harness clamp (D) on the clamp
46. Connect the ATF cooler hoses (A) to the ATF cooler bracket (E).
lines (B), and secure the hoses with the clips (see
page 14-199).
C
A E
D B
B
(cont’d)
14-197
02/09/18 13:52:48 62SDA00A_140_0199

49. Connect the countershaft speed sensor connector 54. Refill the transmission with ATF (see page 14-179).
(A) and mainshaft speed sensor connector (B).
55. Install the battery base.
C
G 56. Install the air cleaner housing and intake air duct.
E
D
57. Install the battery tray, battery, and battery cover,
H
A 58. Connect the battery terminals.
G B
59. Set the parking brake. Start the engine, and shift
H the transmission through all gears three times.
60. Check the shift lever operation, A/T gear position

indicator operation, and shift cable adjustment.
F 61. Check and adjust the front wheel alignment (see

page 18-6).
50. Connect the AF sensor connector (C), then install it
on its bracket (D). 62. Install the splash shield.
51. Connect the transmission range switch connector 63. Start the engine in the or position, and warm
(E), then install it on its bracket (F). it up to normal operating temperature (the radiator
fan comes on). Do the PCM idle learn procedure
52. Install the harness clamps (G) on the harness clamp (see page 11-193).
brackets (H).
64. Turn off the engine, and check the ATF level (see
53. Install the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid page 14-178).
valve A connector and 2nd clutch transmission
fluid pressure switch connector (B), and install the 65. Do the power window control unit reset procedure
harness clamps (C) on the harness clamp brackets (see page 22-219).
(D).
66. Perform the road test (see page 14-159).
C
67. Enter the anti-theft code for the radio (and
B
navigation system), then enter the radio station
presets, and set the clock.
A
C D
14-198
02/09/18 13:52:49 62SDA00A_140_0200
ATF Cooler Hoses Replacement

1. Slide the ATF cooler hoses (A) on the ATF filter (B)
until they are 5−6 mm (0.20−0.24 in.) away from
the filter housing.
2. Secure the hoses with the clip (C) at 10−12 mm

(0.4−0.5 in.) (D) from the filter housing.
B
C C
A D D A
H
I
F
G
L
K M
M G J L
3. Slide the ATF cooler hoses (F) over the ATF cooler
lines (G).
4. Secure the hoses with the clips (H) at 5−6 mm (0.2

−0.24 in.) (I) from the hose ends, and secure the
hoses at the ATF cooler with the clips (J) at 2−4
mm (0.1−0.2 in.) (K) from the hose ends.
5. Install the hoses on the clamps (L) at the marks (M).
14-199
02/09/18 13:53:32 62SDA00A_140_0201
Shift Lever Removal

NOTE: The illustration shows LHD model; RHD model is 5. Disconnect shift lock solenoid connector (A) and
similar. park pin switch connector (B).
1. Remove the center console and rear console (see NOTE: The illustration shows a type A shift lever;
page 20-85). the type B shift lever is similar.
2. Shift the transmission into the position.
3. Remove the nut securing the shift cable end.
4. Press the holder lock release (A), and pull out the A
socket holder (B) on the shift cable (C) of the shift
lever bracket base (D). Do not remove the shift 6. Remove the shift lever assembly.
cable by pulling the shift cable guide (E).
A B
E
C
14-200
02/09/18 13:53:34 62SDA00A_140_0202
Shift Lever Installation

NOTE: The illustration shows LHD model; RHD model is 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
similar.
6. Insert a 6.0 mm (0.24 in.) pin (A) through the
1. Install the shift lever assembly. positioning hole (B) on the shift lever bracket base
and into the positioning hole (C) on the shift lever.
NOTE: The illustration shows a type A shift lever; The shift lever is secured in the position.
the type B shift lever is similar.
Type A Shift Lever:
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m
B B
C A
A Type B Shift Lever:
2. Connect the shift lock solenoid connector (A) and

park pin switch connector (B), and install the
harness clamps (C) on the shift lever bracket base.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and verify that the

position indicator comes on.
4. If necessary, push the shift cable until it stops, then

release it. Pull the shift cable back one step so that
the shift position is in . Do not hold the shift cable
guide (A) to adjust the shift cable (B).
A C
B A
B
(cont’d)
14-201
02/09/18 13:53:35 62SDA00A_140_0203
Shift Lever Installation (cont’d)

7. Align the socket holder (A) on the shift cable (B) 9. If improperly installed, remove the shift cable from
with the slot in the bracket base (C), then slide the the bracket base, and reinstall the shift cable. Do
holder into the base. Install the shift cable end (D) not install the shift cable end on the mounting stud
over the mounting stud (E) by aligning its square while the shift cable is on the bracket base.
hole (F) with the square fitting (G) at the bottom of
the stud. Push the holder until it snaps securely in 10. Install and tighten the nut.
place. Do not install the shift cable by holding the
shift cable guide (H).
C
B
D
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m
G 11. Remove the 6.0 mm (0.24 in.) pin that was installed
to hold the shift lever.
E F 12. Move the shift lever to each position, and verify

that the A/T gear position indicator follows the
8. Verify that the shift cable end (A) is properly transmission range switch.
installed on the mounting stud (B).
13. Push the shift lock release, and verify that the shift
Properly Installed:
lever releases.
14. Reinstall the center console and rear console (see

page 20-85).
A B
Improperly Installed:
Cable end rides on the bottom

of the mounting stud.
14-202
02/09/18 13:53:36 62SDA00A_140_0204
Shift Lever Disassembly/Reassembly

Type A Shift Lever:
NOTE: The illustration shows LHD model; RHD model is similar.

SHIFT LEVER KNOB
SPRING
SHIFT LEVER BUTTON
COVER
SHIFT LOCK RELEASE LEVER SCREW

3 N·m
Apply non-hardening
thread lock sealant.
A/T GEAR POSITION
INDICATOR PANEL
LIGHT BULB LEVER RING
PARK PIN SWITCH

BUSHING
SHIFT LOCK
RELEASE COVER
LOCK PIN
CAP
A/T GEAR POSITION

INDICATOR PANEL
SHIFT LOCK
SOLENOID
PLUNGER
PLUNGER
SPRING SHIFT LOCK
STOP CUSHION
SHIFT LOCK STOP
SHIFT LOCK
SOLENOID
(cont’d)
14-203
02/09/18 13:53:37 62SDA00A_140_0205
Shift Lever Disassembly/Reassembly (cont’d)

Type B Shift Lever:

SPRING SHIFT LEVER KNOB
SHIFT LEVER BUTTON
COVER
SCREW
3 N·m
Apply non-hardening
thread lock sealant.
SHIFT LOCK
RELEASE COVER
SHIFT LOCK RELEASE LEVER LEVER RING
BUSHING
A/T GEAR POSITION

INDICATOR PANEL
LIGHT BULB
SHIFT LOCK
SOLENOID PLUNGER
A/T GEAR POSITION
INDICATOR PANEL
LEVER COVER
SHIFT LOCK
STOP CUSHION SHIFT LEVER
PLUNGER BRACKET BASE
SPRING
SHIFT LOCK STOP
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID
14-204
02/09/18 13:53:38 62SDA00A_140_0206
Shift Cable Replacement

NOTE: The illustration shows LHD model; RHD model is 6. Remove the heat shield under the shift cable
similar. grommet.
1. Raise the vehicle, and make sure it is securely 7. Remove the shift cable bracket (A) and grommet (B).
supported.
2. Remove the center console and rear console (see

page 20-85).
3. Shift the transmission into the position.
A
6 x 1.0 mm B
9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
8. Remove the three bolts securing the shift cable

holder (A), then remove the shift cable cover (B).
6 x 1.0mm
9.8 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
A
5. Press the holder lock release (A), and pull out the
lever bracket base (D). D
D F
C
A
E
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) B
A B 9. Remove the spring clip (C) and control pin (D), then
separate the shift cable (E) from the control lever
(F).
C
(cont’d)
14-205
02/09/18 13:53:40 62SDA00A_140_0207
Shift Cable Replacement (cont’d)

10. Insert the new shift cable through the grommet 19. Insert a 6.0 mm (0.24 in.) pin (A) through the
hole. Do not bend the shift cable excessively. positioning hole (B) on the shift lever bracket base
and into the positioning hole (C) on the shift lever.
11. Install the shift cable bracket on the body, then The shift lever is secured in the position.
install the grommet.
Type A Shift Lever:
12. Verify that the transmission is in the position at
the control lever.
13. Attach the shift cable end to the control lever, then
insert the control pin into the control lever through
the shift cable end, and secure the control pin with
the spring clip.
14. Install the shift cable cover, then secure the shift
cable holder to the shift cable cover with the two
bolts.
C
15. Install the heat shield.
17. If necessary, push the shift cable until it stops, then

release it. Pull the shift cable back one step so that B
the shift position is in . Do not hold the shift cable A
guide (A) to adjust the shift cable (B).
Type B Shift Lever:

C
B A
14-206
02/09/18 13:53:41 62SDA00A_140_0208
20. Align the socket holder (A) on the shift cable (B) 22. If improperly installed, remove the shift cable from
with the slot in the bracket base (C), then slide the the bracket base, and reinstall the shift cable. Do
holder into base. Install the shift cable end (D) over not install the shift cable end on the mounting stud
the mounting stud (E) by aligning its square hole (F) while the shift cable is on the bracket base.
with the square fitting (G) at the bottom of the stud.
Push the holder until it snaps securely in place. Do 23. Install and tighten the nut.
not install the shift cable by holding the shift cable
guide (H).
H 8 x 1.25 mm
D 22 N·m
24. Remove the 6.0 mm (0.24 in.) pin that was installed
G 25. Move the shift lever to each position, and verify

transmission range switch.
E F
26. Allow the front wheels to rotate freely.
21. Verify that the shift cable end (A) is properly
installed on the mounting stud (B). 27. Start the engine, and check the shift lever operation
in all gears.
Properly Installed:
lever releases.

page 20-85).
A B

14-207
02/09/18 13:53:42 62SDA00A_140_0209
Shift Cable Adjustment

NOTE: The illustration shows LHD model; RHD model is 6. Push the shift cable until it stops, then release it.
similar. Pull the shift cable back one step so that the shift
position is in . Do not hold the shift cable guide
1. Remove the center console and rear console (see (A) to adjust the shift cable (B).
page 20-85).
2. Shift the transmission into the position. A


4. Press the holder lock release (A), and pull out the
lever bracket base (D). Do not remove the shift
cable by pulling the shift cable guide (E).
A B
E
C
5. Install the heat shield.
14-208
02/09/18 13:53:43 62SDA00A_140_0210
9. Insert a 6.0 mm (0.24 in.) pin (A) through the 10. Align the socket holder (A) on the shift cable (B)
positioning hole (B) on the shift lever bracket base with the slot in the bracket base (C), then slide the
and into the positioning hole (C) on the shift lever. holder into base. Install the shift cable end (D) over
The shift lever is secured in the position. the mounting stud (E) by aligning its square hole (F)
with the square fitting (G) at the bottom of the stud.
Type A Shift Lever: Push the holder until it snaps securely in place. Do
not install the shift cable by holding the shift cable
guide (H).
C
H
D
B G
A
Type B Shift Lever: E F
11. Verify that the shift cable end (A) is properly

installed on the mounting stud (B).
Properly Installed:
A B
C
B A
(cont’d)
14-209
02/09/18 13:53:44 62SDA00A_140_0211
Shift Cable Adjustment (cont’d)

12. If improperly installed, remove the shift cable from
the bracket base, and reinstall the shift cable. Do
not install the shift cable end on the mounting stud
while the shift cable is on the bracket base.
13. Install and tighten the nut.
8 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m
14. Remove the 6.0 mm (0.24 in.) pin that was installed
15. Move the shift lever to each position, and verify

transmission range switch.
lever releases.

page 20-85).
14-210
02/09/18 13:53:46 62SDA00A_140_0212
A/T Gear Position Indicator
Component Location Index

Cabin
A/T GEAR POSITION INDICATOR

Circuit Troubleshooting, page 14-213
POWERTRAIN CONTROL
MODULE (PCM)
Engine Compartment

Test, page 14-214
Replacement, page 14-216
14-211
02/09/18 13:53:48 62SDA00A_140_0213
Circuit Diagram
UNDER−DASH
UNDER−HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX IGNITION SWITCH FUSE/RELAY BOX
BATTERY
IG1 HOT in ON (II)

and START (III)
YEL
To 12V
ATP ATP ATP ATP ATP ATP ATP ATP

MET INH P R N D D3 2 −1 FWD RVS
D10 D6 D5 C20 C17 C9 C11 C18 C12
GRN GAUGE CONTROL MODULE BLU/RED RED/BLK RED BLU/YEL
B2 WHT YEL/GRN GRN/RED RED/WHT
DIMMING DETECTION
CIRCUIT CIRCUIT BLU/BLK
WHT/GRN
STARTER
P CUT
RELAY
R
BLU/BLK RED/BLK RED BLU/YEL BLU/WHT
B5
CPU N WHT/GRN YEL/GRN GRN/RED RED/WHT
10 9 8 7 5 4 2 6 1 3
DRIVER D
D3
BLK/BLU RED/BLK BLU YEL/RED BLU/WHT
2 WHT PNK BRN WHT/RED BLK
6 7 2 8 3 9 5 1 4 10
B21 1
FWD RVS ST E
N D
R D3
P 2
BLK
BLK 1

G501 G101
G503
14-212
02/09/18 13:53:48 62SDA00A_140_0214
A/T Gear Position Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting

Symptom: A/T gear position indicator does 3. Measure the voltage between PCM connector
not indicate the shift lever position, the terminal D10 and body ground.
indicator does not blink, and no transmission
range switch DTCs are indicated. PCM CONNECTOR D (17P)
2. Measure the voltage between gauge assembly

connector terminal B2 and body ground. The shift
lever can be in any position.
MET INH (GRN)
GAUGE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR B (30P)
MET INH (GRN)

YES−Repair open or short in the wire between

PCM connector terminal D10 and the gauge
assembly connector terminal B2.
Wire side of female terminals NO−Check for loose terminal fit in the PCM
connectors. If necessary, substitute a known-good
Is there battery voltage? PCM and recheck.
YES−Faulty A/T gear position indicator in the

gauge assembly, replace the gauge assembly.
NO−Go to step 3.
14-213
02/09/18 13:53:50 62SDA00A_140_0215
Transmission Range Switch Test

1. Remove the transmission range switch harness 3. If there is no continuity between any terminals,
connector (A) from the connector bracket (B), then remove the transmission range switch cover, and
disconnect the connector. disconnect the connector at the switch.
A
Terminal side of
male terminals
Connector Terminal Specification

Connector Terminal Specification Terminal Signal Terminal Signal
Terminal Signal Terminal Signal 1 ATP RVS 6
1 ATP NP 6 ATP RVS 2 7
(ST) 3 8
2 ATP FWD 7 4 ATP NP 9 ATP 2−1
3 Ground 8 (ST)
(E) 5 ATP FWD 10 Ground
4 ATP 2−1 9 (E)
5 10
4. Check for continuity between terminals at the
2. Check for continuity between terminals at the switch connector. There should be continuity
harness connector. There should be continuity between the terminals in the following table for
between the terminals in the following table for each switch position.
each switch position.
Connector Terminal
Position
Connector Terminal
Position
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
14-214
02/09/18 13:53:51 62SDA00A_140_0216
5. If the transmission range switch continuity check is

OK, replace the faulty transmission range switch
harness.
6. If there is no continuity between any terminals,

remove the transmission range switch, and check
the end of the selector control shaft (A).
Standard:
Control Shaft Width (B):
6.1−6.2 mm (0.240−0.244 in.)
Control Shaft End Gap (C):
1.8−2.0 mm (0.07−0.08 in.)
A
C
7. The measurement of the control shaft end is within

the standard, replace the transmission range
switch. If the measurement is out of the standard,
repair the control shaft end, and recheck the
transmission range switch continuity.
14-215
02/09/18 13:53:52 62SDA00A_140_0217
Transmission Range Switch Replacement

1. Raise the vehicle, and make sure it is securely 6. Make sure the control shaft is in the position. If
supported. necessary, move the shift lever to the position.
2. Shift to the position. NOTE: Do not use the control shaft to adjust the
shift position. If the control shaft tips are squeezed
3. Remove the transmission range switch cover. together it will cause a faulty signal or position due
to play between the control shaft and the switch.
7. Align the cutouts (A) on the rotary-frame with the

neutral positioning cutouts (B) on the transmission
range switch (C), then put a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) feeler
4. Disconnect the transmission range switch gauge blade (D) in the cutouts to hold the switch in
connector. the position.
NOTE: Be sure to use a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) blade or

equivalent to hold the switch in the position.
B
D A
5. Remove the transmission range switch, and

replace the new switch.
14-216
02/09/18 13:53:54 62SDA00A_140_0218
8. Install the transmission range switch (A) gently on 10. Connect the connector securely, then install the
the control shaft (B) with holding it in the transmission range switch cover (A).
position with the 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) blade (C).
C
B
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
9. Tighten the bolts on the transmission range switch
while you continue to hold the position. Do not 11. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Move the shift lever
move the transmission range switch when through all positions, and check the transmission
tightening the bolts. Remove the feeler gauge. range switch synchronization with the A/T gear
position indicator.
12. Check that the engine will start in the and

positions, and will not start in any other shift lever
position.
13. Check that the back-up lights come on when the

shift lever is in the position.
14. Allow the front wheels to rotate freely, then start

the engine, and check the shift lever operation.
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
14-217
02/09/18 13:53:58 62SDA00A_140_0219
A/T Interlock System
Component Location Index

STEERING LOCK ASSEMBLY
KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID
Interlock System Circuit Troubleshooting, page 14-221
Test, page 14-222
POWERTRAIN CONTROL
MODULE (PCM)
PARK PIN SWITCH

Interlock System Circuit Troubleshooting,
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID page 14-221
Shift Lock System Circuit Test, page 14-225
Troubleshooting, page 14-220 Replacement, page 14-225
Test, page 14-223
14-218
02/09/18 13:54:00 62SDA00A_140_0220
Circuit Diagram
UNDER−DASH
UNDER−HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX IGNITION SWITCH FUSE/RELAY BOX SHIFT LOCK
SOLENOID
BATTERY
1
YEL
No.13 IG1 HOT in ON (II)

(20A) and START (III) 2
RED
BRAKE
PEDAL
POSITION
SWITCH
WHT/BLK YEL/BLK
E22 E2
BK SW BK SW SLS
MULTIPLEX INTEGRATED CONTROL UNIT POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
To 12V
P−PIN KEY IG KEY ATP ATP ATP ATP ATP ATP ATP ATP
SW SOL SW ATP P P R N D D3 2 −1 FWD RVS
A2 A15 A13 D6 D5 C20 C17 C9 C11 C18 C12
YEL/BLU WHT/BLU RED/WHT BLU/RED BLU/RED RED/BLK RED BLU/YEL
WHT YEL/GRN GRN/RED RED/WHT
BLU/BLK
1
WHT/GRN
STARTER
KEY CUT
SWITCH RELAY
2 BLU/BLK RED/BLK RED BLU/YEL BLU/WHT
WHT/GRN YEL/GRN GRN/RED RED/WHT
4 4 10 9 8 7 5 4 2 6 1 3
WHT/BLK
PARK KEY
PIN INTERLOCK BLK/BLU RED/BLK BLU YEL/RED BLU/WHT
SWITCH SOLENOID
3 3
WHT PNK BRN WHT/RED BLK
BLK 6 7 2 8 3 9 5 1 4 10
FWD RVS ST E
N D
R D3
P 2
BLK BLK BLK BLK
1

G503 G501 G101
14-219
02/09/18 13:54:59 62SDA00A_140_0221
Shift Lock System Circuit Troubleshooting

1. Press the brake pedal. 7. Shift the shift lever into the position, and press
the brake pedal.
Are the brake lights ON?
8. Measure the voltage between shift lock solenoid
YES−Go to step 2. connector terminals while pressing the brake pedal.
NO−Repair faulty brake light circuit. SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID CONNECTOR
2. Connect the PGM tester or the HDS. Check engine

speed and throttle position in the A/T data list.
Is the engine speed at idle, and T PS about 0.5 V ?

IG1 (YEL) SLS (YEL/BLK)
YES−Go to step 3.
NO−Repair engine speed or throttle position

input.
page 20-85).
4. Disconnect the shift lock solenoid connector.
YES−Check the shift lock mechanism. If the
5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). mechanism is OK, replace the shift lock solenoid.
6. Measure the voltage between No. 1 terminal of the NO−Check for an open in the wire between PCM
shift lock solenoid connector and body ground. connector terminal E2 and shift lock solenoid
connector. If the wire is OK, substitute a known-
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID CONNECTOR
good PCM and recheck.
IG1 (YEL)
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Check for blown No. 21 fuse in the under-dash

fuse/relay box. If the fuse is OK, repair open in the
wire between the shift lock solenoid connector and
the under-dash fuse/relay box.
14-220
02/09/18 13:55:00 62SDA00A_140_0222
Key Interlock System Circuit Troubleshooting

SRS components are located in this area. Review the 7. Remove the center console and rear console (see
SRS components locations, precautions (see page 23- page 20-85).
13), and procedures in the SRS section before
performing repairs or service (see page 23-14). 8. Disconnect the park pin switch connector.
1. Turn the ignition switch to ACC (I). The shift lever 9. Check for continuity between the No. 3 and No. 4
must be in the position. terminals of the park pin switch connector while
pushing the button of the shift lever in, and when
2. Disconnect the steering lock assembly connector. released.
3. Check if the ignition key can be moved to LOCK (0) PARK PIN SWITCH CONNECTOR
position, and remove the key from the cylinder.
Is the ignition key able to move to the LOCK ( 0)

position, and then removed?
BLK WHT/BLK
YES−Go to step 4.
NO−Replace the ignition key cylinder/steering lock

assembly (see page 17-37).
4. Turn the ignition switch to ACC (I) or ON (II), and Terminal side of male terminals
shift to the position.
5. Check for the voltage between the No. 4 terminal of Is there continuity when pushing the button in, and
the steering lock assembly connector and body no continuity when it’s released?
ground.
YES−Check for an open in the wire between the
STEERING LOCK ASSEMBLY multiplex integrated control unit and the park pin
CONNECTOR switch connector. If the wire is OK, replace the
multiplex integrated control unit.
NO−Replace the park pin switch.

KEY LOCK SOL＋
(WHT/BLU)
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Check for an open in with WHT/BLU wire

between the MICU and the steering lock assembly
connector. If the wire is OK, substitute a known-
good multiplex integrated control unit and
recheck.
6. Turn the ignition switch to ACC (I), and shift to the

position.
14-221
02/09/18 13:55:00 62SDA00A_140_0223
Key Interlock Solenoid Test

SRS components are located in this area. Review the
SRS components locations, precautions (see page 23-
13), and procedures in the SRS section before
performing repairs or service (see page 23-14).
1. Remove the driver’s dashboard lower cover and

lower steering column cover.
2. Disconnect steering lock assembly connector.
3. Insert the ignition key in the key cylinder, then turn

the ignition key to ACC (I).
4. Connect the battery positive terminal to steering

lock assembly connector terminal No. 4, and
connect the battery negative terminal to No. 3
terminal. Make sure that the ignition key cannot be
turned to LOCK (0) position. Release the battery
terminals, and make sure that the key can be turned
to LOCK (0) position and removed from the cylinder.
5. If the key interlock solenoid works improperly,

replace the ignition key cylinder/steering lock
assembly (see page 17-37).
STEERING LOCK ASSEMBLY

CONNECTOR
14-222
02/09/18 13:55:01 62SDA00A_140_0224
Shift Lock Solenoid Test

NOTE: The illustration shows LHD model; RHD model is 4. Check that the shift lever can be moved from the
similar. position. Release the battery terminals from the
shift lock solenoid connector. Move the shift lever
1. Remove the center console and rear console (see back to the position, and make sure it locks.
page 20-85).
NOTE: Do not connect power to terminal No. 2 or
2. Disconnect the shift lock solenoid connector. you will damage the diode inside the solenoid.
Type A Shift Lever: 5. Check that the shift lock releases when the shift
lock release is pushed, and check that it locks when
the shift lock release is released.
6. If the shift lock solenoid does not work properly,

replace it.
Type B Shift Lever:
3. Connect the battery positive terminal to shift lock

solenoid connector terminal No. 1, and connect the
battery negative terminal to terminal No. 2.
14-223
02/09/18 13:55:02 62SDA00A_140_0225
Shift Lock Solenoid Replacement

Type A Shift Lever Type B Shift Lever
NOTE: The illustration shows LHD model; RHD model is NOTE: The illustration shows LHD model; RHD model is
similar. similar.
1. Remove the shift lever assembly (see page 14-200). 1. Remove the center console and rear console (see
page 20-85).
2. Release the lock tab (A) securing the shift lock
solenoid at the bottom of the shift lever assembly, 2. Disconnect the shift lock solenoid connector (A),
and remove the shift lock solenoid. and remove it from the shift lever bracket base (B).
B H
C
D B
E
E
C
F G D
A
3. Remove the A/T gear position indicator panel light

3. Install the shift lock solenoid plunger (B) and bulb socket (C).
plunger spring (C) in the new shift lock solenoid (D).
4. Release the lock tab (D) securing the shift lock
4. Install the new shift lock solenoid by aligning the solenoid, and remove the shift lock solenoid.
joint of the shift lock solenoid plunger with the tip
of the shift lock stop (E). 5. Install the shift lock plunger (E) and plunger spring
(F) in the new shift lock solenoid (G).
5. Install the shift lever assembly (see page 14-201).
6. Install the new shift lock solenoid by aligning the
joint of the shift lock solenoid plunger with the tip
of the shift lock stop (H).
7. Install the A/T gear position indicator panel light

bulb socket.
8. Install the shift lock solenoid connector on the shift

lever bracket base, then connect the connector.
9. Install the center console and rear console (see

page 20-85).
14-224
02/09/18 13:55:03 62SDA00A_140_0226
Park Pin Switch Test Park Pin Switch Replacement

NOTE: The illustration shows LHD model; RHD model is NOTE:
similar. • The park pin switch replacement is applied for the
type A shift lever: the type B shift lever park pin
1. Remove the center console and rear console (see switch is not available separately.
page 20-85). • The illustration shows LHD model; RHD model is
similar.
2. Disconnect the park pin switch connector.
Type A Shift Lever: page 20-85).
2. Remove the A/T gear position indicator panel (A)

from the shift lever bracket base (B).
F B A
D E
Type B Shift Lever:
C G H I
3. Disconnect the park pin switch connector (C), then

remove it from the bracket base.
4. Remove the A/T gear position indicator panel light

bulb socket (D), then remove the bulb (E) from the
socket.
5. Remove the shift lock release lever (F).

6. Remove the park pin switch, and install the new
3. Shift the shift lever into the position and release switch (G) by aligning the tabs (H) with the slots (I).
the shift lever button, then check for continuity
between connector terminals No. 3 and No. 4. 7. Install the shift lock release lever.
There should be no continuity.
8. Install the bulb in the socket, then install the socket
4. Shift out of the position or press the shift lever in the bracket base.
button while in position, and check for continuity
between terminals No. 3 and No. 4. There should 9. Install the indicator panel on the bracket base.
be continuity.
10. Install the park pin switch connector on the bracket
5. If the park pin switch is faulty, replace it (type A base, then connect the connector.
shift lever) or replace the shift lever bracket base
(type B shift lever). The park pin switch of the type 11. Install the center console and rear console (see
B shift lever is not available separately. page 20-85).
14-225
02/09/18 13:55:05 62SDA00A_140_0227
Transmission End Cover
End Cover Removal

Special Tools Required
Mainshaft holder set 07PAB-0010000
1. Remove the two bolts securing the ATF cooler inlet line brackets, ATF filter bracket bolt, line bolt, and remove the
ATF cooler line/ATF filter (D) and filter brackets (E).
H
L
B, C
E E
2. Remove the ATF cooler outlet line (F).
3. Remove the dipstick guide pipe (G).
4. Remove the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A, ATF joint pipes, ATF pipe, and gasket.
5. Remove the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C, ATF joint pipes, and gasket.
6. Remove the transmission range switch cover (H).
7. Remove the transmission range switch harness clamps (I) from the clamp bracket (J), then remove the
transmission range switch (K).
8. Remove the end cover (L), dowel pins, O-rings, and end cover gasket.
14-226
02/09/18 13:55:07 62SDA00A_140_0228
9. Slip the special tool onto the mainshaft. 13. Set a two-jaw (or three-jaw) puller (A) on the
countershaft (B) by putting a spacer (C) between
the puller and countershaft, then remove the park
gear (D).
B
07PAB-0010000
D
10. Engage the park pawl with the park gear.
14. Install a 6 x 1.0 mm bolts (A) on the mainshaft idler
11. Cut the lock tab (A) of the each shaft locknut (B) gear (B). Set a puller (C) on the mainshaft (D) with
using a chisel (C). Then remove the locknuts and putting a spacer (E) between the puller and
conical spring washers from each shaft. mainshaft, then remove the mainshaft idler gear.
NOTE:
• Countershaft and secondary shaft locknuts have
A
left-hand threads.
• Keep all of the chiseled particles out of the
transmission. C
• Clean the old mainshaft and countershaft
locknuts; they are used to install the press fit idler
gear on the mainshaft, and park gear on the E
countershaft.
D
C
B
15. Remove the park pawl, park pawl spring, park pawl
shaft, and stop shaft.
16. Remove the park lever from the control shaft.
12. Remove the special tool from the mainshaft.
14-227
02/09/18 13:55:09 62SDA00A_140_0229
Park Lever Stop Inspection and Idler Gear Shaft Bearing

Adjustment Replacement
1. Set the park lever in the position. Special Tools Required

• Adjustable bearing remover set
2. Measure the distance (A) between the park pawl 07JAC-PH80000
shaft (B) and the park lever roller pin (C). • Handle driver 07749-0010000
• Driver attachment, 52 x 55 mm 07746-0010400
STANDARD: 57.7−58.7 mm (2.27−2.31 in.)
1. Remove the idler gear shaft bearing (A) from the
C end cover (B) with the special tool.
07JAC-PH80000
3. If the measurement is out of standard, select and

install the appropriate park lever stop (A) from the
table below. B
A
2. Install the new bearing in the end cover with the

special tools.
B C 07749-0010000
PARK LEVER STOP
Mark Part Number B C 07746-0010400

1 24537-PA9-003 11.00 mm 11.00 mm
(0.433 in.) (0.433 in.)
2 24538-PA9-003 10.80 mm 10.65 mm
(0.425 in.) (0.419 in.)
3 24539-PA9-003 10.60 mm 10.30 mm
(0.417 in.) (0.406 in.)
4. After replacing the park lever stop, make sure the

distance is within tolerance.
14-228
02/09/18 13:55:10 62SDA00A_140_0230
Control Shaft Oil Seal Replacement Control Shaft Bearing Replacement

Special Tools Required Special Tools Required
• Handle driver 07749-0010000 • Handle driver 07749-0010000
• Driver attachment, 22 x 24 mm 07746-0010800 • Driver attachment, 22 x 24 mm 07746-0010800
1. Remove the oil seal (A) from the end cover (B). 1. Remove the oil seal from the end cover, then
remove the bearing.
2. Install the new oil seal flush to the end cover with
the special tools.
2. Install the new bearing flush to the end cover with

07749-0010000 the special tools.
07749-0010000
07746-0010800
07746-0010800
3. Install the new oil seal.
14-229
02/09/18 13:55:11 62SDA00A_140_0231
ATF Feed Pipes Replacement

1. Remove the snap rings (A), ATF feed pipes (B), and
feed pipe flanges (C) from the end cover (D).
NOTE: Replace the end cover, if the 1st clutch ATF

feed pipe (E) replacement is required.
C
G
F
A
B
C
F
E
G
2. Install the new O-rings (F) over the ATF feed pipes.
3. Install the ATF feed pipes in the end cover by

aligning the feed pipe tabs with the indentations in
the end cover.
4. Install the new O-rings (G) in the end cover, then

install the feed pipe flanges over the ATF feed
pipes.
5. Secure the ATF feed pipes and feed pipe flanges

with the snap rings.
14-230
02/09/18 13:55:13 62SDA00A_140_0232
Transmission Housing
Housing and Shaft Assemblies Removal

• Housing puller 07HAC-PK40102
• Snap ring pliers 07LGC-0010100
1. Remove the ATF feed pipe (A) from the idler gear shaft, and the ATF lubrication pipe (B) from the transmission
housing.
A B
I
G
D
J
H
2. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (C), dowel pins (D), and gasket (E).
3. Disconnect the connectors from the shift solenoid valves, and remove the solenoid harness connector (F).
4. Remove the mainshaft speed sensor (G) and countershaft speed sensor (H).
5. Remove the transmission housing mounting bolts (19 bolts) (I) and transmission hanger (J).
(cont’d)
14-231
02/09/18 13:55:16 62SDA00A_140_0233
Housing and Shaft Assemblies Removal (cont’d)

6. Align the spring pin (A) on the control shaft (B) with 12. Remove the control shaft (A) from the torque
the transmission housing groove (C) by turning the converter housing.
control shaft with the control lever.
NOTE: Do not squeeze the end of the control shaft

tips together when turning the shaft.
C
A
C
B
A
B
07LGC-0010100
13. Turn the detent arm (B) away from the
countershaft (C).
7. While expanding the snap ring of the secondary
shaft bearing using the snap ring pliers, lift the 14. Remove the mainshaft sub-assembly (A),
transmission housing. Release the snap ring pliers countershaft sub-assembly (B) and secondary shaft
and remove the transmission housing. sub-assembly (C) together. Do not bump the
countershaft on the baffle plate (D).
8. Remove the countershaft shaft reverse gear and
A
needle bearing. B
9. Remove the lock bolt securing the shift fork, then

remove the shift fork with the reverse selector
together. C
10. Remove the control lever from the control shaft.
11. Unlock the detent spring (A) from the detent arm
(B).
D
A
15. Remove the baffle plate.
16. Remove the differential assembly.
14-232
02/09/18 13:55:17 62SDA00A_140_0234
Bearing Removal
Special Tools Required 3. Expand the snap ring of the idler gear shaft bearing
• Driver attachment, 78 x 90 mm 07GAD-SD40101 with the snap ring pliers, then push the bearing out.
• Handle driver 07749-0010000
1. Remove the idler gear shaft when removing the

mainshaft bearing and idler gear shaft bearing.
NOTE: If you are only removing the countershaft

bearing, idler gear shaft removal is not needed.
2. To remove the mainshaft bearing (A) and

countershaft bearing (B) from the transmission
housing, expand each snap ring with the snap ring
pliers, then push the bearing out. 07LGC-0010100
NOTE: Do not remove the snap ring unless it’s

necessary to clean the grooves in the housing.
B
07LGC-0010100
14-233
02/09/18 13:55:18 62SDA00A_140_0235
Bearing Installation
Special Tools Required 4. Expand the snap ring of the idler gear shaft (A) with
• Driver attachment, 78 x 90 mm 07GAD-SD40101 the snap ring pliers, and install the bearing part-
• Handle driver 07749-0010000 way into the housing.
• Snap ring pliers 07LGC-0010100 A
1. Install the bearings in the direction shown.
2. Expand each snap ring with the snap ring pliers,

and install the mainshaft bearing (A) and
countershaft bearing (B) part-way into the housing.
07LGC-0010100
5. Release the pliers, then push the bearing down into

B the housing until the snap ring snaps in place
around it.
6. After installing the bearings verify that the snap

rings (A) are seated in the bearing and housing
07LGC-0010100
grooves, and that the ring end gaps (B) are correct.
B: 0−7 mm (0−0.28 in.)
3. Release the pliers, then push the bearing down into
the housing until the snap ring snaps in place
around it.
7. Install the idler shaft.
14-234
02/09/18 13:55:19 62SDA00A_140_0236
Reverse Idler Gear Removal and Installation

Removal Installation
1. Remove the bolt (A) securing the reverse idler gear 1. Install the reverse idler gear in the transmission
shaft holder. housing.
A
B 2. Lightly coat the reverse idler gear shaft (A), needle
bearing (B), and new O-rings (C) with lithium
grease.
D D F
C
E
C
B
2. Install a 5 x 0.8 mm bolt (B) in the reverse idler gear
shaft, and pull it to remove the reverse idler gear
shaft (C) and gear shaft holder (D) together. C
3. Remove the reverse idler gear. 3. Assemble the new O-rings and needle bearing on
the reverse idler gear shaft, then install the reverse
idler gear shaft in the reverse idler gear shaft
holder (D). Align the D-shaped cut out (E) of the
shaft with the D-shaped area (F) of the holder.
4. Install the reverse idler gear shaft/holder assembly

on the transmission housing.
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m,
8.7 lbf·ft)
14-235
02/09/18 13:55:21 62SDA00A_140_0237
Valve Body
Valve Bodies and ATF Strainer Removal

1. Remove the ATF feed pipes (A) and ATF joint pipes (B).
D
C
A
W A
F
B
E
H
I
V
G
O O
J
L
S N
K
R
P
T
S
2. Remove the ATF strainer (C).
3. Remove the regulater valve body (D) (seven bolts).
4. Remove the stator shaft (E) and stator shaft stop (F), then remove the regulator separator plate (G) and two dowel
pins (H).
5. Remove the servo body (I) (11 bolts), then remove the separator plate (J) and two dowel pins (K).
14-236
02/09/18 13:55:21 62SDA00A_140_0238
6. Remove the cooler check valve spring (L) and valve

(M), then remove the main valve body (N) (three
bolts). Do not let the check balls (O) fall out.
7. Remove the ATF pump driven gear shaft (P), then

remove the ATF pump gears (Q).
8. Remove the main separator plate (R) and two

dowel pins (S).
9. Remove the ATF magnet (T), clean and reinstall it in

the torque converter housing (U).
10. Clean the inlet opening (A) of the ATF strainer (B)
thoroughly with compressed air, then check that it
is in good condition and that the inlet opening is
not clogged.
B
11. Test the ATF strainer by pouring clean ATF through

the inlet opening, and replace it if it is clogged or
damaged.
12. Remove the O-rings (V) (W) from the stator shaft
and ATF strainer. Install the new ones when
installing the valve bodies.
14-237
02/09/18 13:55:22 62SDA00A_140_0239
Valve Body
Valve Body Repair

NOTE: This repair is only necessary if one or more of 5. Remove the ＃600 paper. Thoroughly wash the
the valves in a valve body do not slide smoothly in their entire valve body in solvent, then dry it with
bores. Use this procedure to free the valves. compressed air.
1. Soak a sheet of ＃600 abrasive paper in ATF for 6. Coat the valve with ATF, then drop it into its bore. It
about 30 minutes. should drop to the bottom of the bore under its
own weight. If not, repeat step 4, then retest. If the
2. Carefully tap the valve body so the sticking valve valve still sticks, replace the valve body.
drops out of its bore. It may be necessary to use a
small screwdriver to pry the valve free. Be careful
not to scratch the bore with the screwdriver.
3. Inspect the valve for any scuff marks. Use the ATF-
soaked ＃600 paper to polish off any burrs that are
on the valve, then wash the valve in solvent and
dry it with compressed air.
4. Roll up half a sheet of ATF-soaked ＃600 paper and

insert it in the valve bore of the sticking valve.
Twist the paper slightly, so that it unrolls and fits
the bore tightly, then polish the bore by twisting the
paper as you push it in and out.
NOTE: The valve body is aluminum and doesn’t

require much polishing to remove any burrs.
7. Remove the valve, and thoroughly clean it and the

valve body with solvent. Dry all parts with
compressed air, then reassemble using ATF as a
lubricant.
14-238
02/09/18 13:55:23 62SDA00A_140_0240
Valve Body Valve Installation

1. Coat all parts with ATF before assembly.
2. Install the valves and springs in the sequence

shown for the main valve body (see page 14-240),
regulator valve body (see page 14-242), and servo
body (see page 14-243). Refer to the following
valve cap illustrations, and install each valve cap so
the end shown facing up will be facing the outside
of the valve body.
3. Install all the springs and seats. Insert the spring (A)
in the valve, then install the valve in the valve body
(B). Push the spring in with a screwdriver, then
install the spring seat (C).
A B
14-239
02/09/18 13:58:28 62SDA00A_140_0241
Valve Body
Main Valve Body Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

1. Clean all parts thoroughly in solvent or carburetor cleaner, and dry them with compressed air. Blow out all
passages.
2. Do not use a magnet to remove the check balls, it may magnetize the balls.
3. Inspect the valve body for scoring and damage.
4. Check all valves for free movement. If any fail to slide freely, refer to valve body repair (see page 14-238).
5. Coat all parts with ATF during assembly.
A SPRING SEAT
SHIFT VALVE A
B RELIEF VALVE
SHIFT VALVE B
C
SHIFT VALVE C VALVE SLEEVE
CHECK BALL D
ROLLER
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
MANUAL VALVE
LOCK-UP
F E CONTROL
VALVE
COOLER CHECK
VALVE
VALVE CAP CHECK BALL
G SHIFT VALVE E
MAIN VALVE BODY
VALVE CAP CLIP H
SPRING SPECIFICATIONS
Springs Standard (New)-Unit: mm (in.)
Wire Diameter O.D. Free Length No. of Coils
A Shift valve A spring 0.8 (0.031) 5.6 (0.220) 28.1 (1.106) 15.9
B Shift valve B spring 0.8 (0.031) 5.6 (0.220) 28.1 (1.106) 15.9
C Shift valve C spring 0.8 (0.031) 5.6 (0.220) 28.1 (1.106) 15.9
D Relief valve spring 1.0 (0.039) 9.6 (0.378) 34.1 (1.343) 10.2
E Lock-up control valve spring 0.65 (0.026) 7.1 (0.280) 23.1 (0.909) 12.7
F Cooler check valve spring 0.9 (0.035) 6.6 (0.260) 26.5 (1.043) 12.6
G Servo control valve spring 0.7 (0.028) 6.6 (0.260) 35.7 (1.406) 17.2
H Shift valve E spring 0.8 (0.031) 5.6 (0.220) 28.1 (1.106) 15.9
14-240
02/09/18 13:58:29 62SDA00A_140_0242
ATF Pump Inspection

1. Install the ATF pump drive gear (A), driven gear (B), 2. Measure the side clearance of the ATF pump drive
and ATF pump driven gear shaft (C) in the main gear (A) and driven gear (B).
valve body (D). Lubricate all parts with ATF, and
install the ATF pump driven gear with its grooved ATF Pump Gears Side (Radial) Clearance:
and chamfered side facing up. Standard (New):
ATF Pump Drive Gear
A B 0.210−0.265 mm (0.0083−0.0104 in.)
ATF Pump Driven Gear
0.070−0.125 mm (0.0028−0.0049 in.)
3. Remove the ATF pump driven gear shaft. Measure

C the thrust clearance between the ATF pump driven
D gear (A) and the valve body (B) with a straight edge
(C) and a feeler gauge (D).
ATF Pump Drive/Driven Gear Thrust (Axial)

Clearance:
Standard (New):
0.03−0.05 mm (0.001−0.002 in.)
Service Limit:
0.07 mm (0.003 in.)
C B
14-241
02/09/18 13:58:30 62SDA00A_140_0243
Valve Body
Regulator Valve Body Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

passages.
2. Check all valves for free movement. If any fail to slide freely, refer to valve body repair (see page 14-238).
3. Hold the regulator spring cap in place while removing the stop bolt. The regulator spring cap is spring loaded.
Once the stop bolt is removed, release the spring cap slowly so it does not pop out.
5. When reassembling the valve body, align the hole in the regulator spring cap with the hole in the valve body, then
press the spring cap into the valve body, and tighten the stop bolt.
REGULATOR ACCUMULATOR COVER 6 x 1.0 mm
SPRING CAP 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
3RD ACCUMULATOR
F PISTON
STOP BOLT
6 x 1.0 mm G
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m,
A 8.7 lbf·ft)
B H
D
SPRING SEAT 1ST ACCUMULATOR
C PISTON
O-RING
TORQUE CONVERTER Replace.
CHECK VALVE
REGULATOR VALVE
LOCK-UP SHIFT VALVE
E REGULATOR VALVE BODY

Inspect for scoring and damage.
VALVE CAP
VALVE CAP CLIP
Spring Standard (New)-Unit: mm (in.)

A Stator reaction spring 4.5 (0.177) 35.4 (1.394) 30.3 (1.193) 1.92
B Regulator valve spring A 1.9 (0.075) 14.7 (0.579) 80.6 (3.173) 16.1
C Regulator valve spring B 1.6 (0.063) 9.2 (0.362) 44.0 (1.732) 12.5
D Torque converter check valve spring 1.2 (0.047) 8.6 (0.339) 33.8 (1.331) 12.2
E Lock-up shift valve spring 1.0 (0.039) 6.6 (0.260) 35.5 (1.398) 18.2
F 3rd accumulator spring 2.5 (0.098) 14.6 (0.575) 29.9 (1.177) 4.9
G 1st accumulator spring A 2.4 (0.094) 18.6 (0.732) 49.0 (1.929) 7.1
H 1st accumulator spring B 2.3 (0.091) 12.2 (0.480) 31.5 (1.240) 6.6
14-242
02/09/18 13:58:31 62SDA00A_140_0244
Servo Body Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

passages.
2. Inspect the valve body for scoring and damage.
3. Check the shift valve D for free movement. If any fail to slide freely, refer to valve body repair (see page 14-238).
4. When removing and installing the shift solenoid valves, refer to shift solenoid valves removal and installation (see
page 14-244).
6. Replace the O-rings with new ones.
E 6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
D ACCUMULATOR COVER
2ND ACCUMULATOR PISTON
C F
B 5TH ACCUMULATOR PISTON
4TH ACCUMULATOR PISTON O-RING

O-RING Replace.
Replace.
A O-RING SERVO BODY

Replace.
SHIFT VALVE D
SERVO VALVE/SHIFT FORK SHAFT
SPRING SEAT
O-RING
Replace.
Spring Standard (New)-Unit: mm (in.)

A Shift valve D spring 0.8 (0.031) 5.6 (0.220) 28.1 (1.106) 15.9
B 4th accumulator spring B 2.3 (0.091) 12.2 (0.480) 31.5 (1.240) 6.6
C 4th accumulator spring A 2.4 (0.094) 18.6 (0.732) 49.0 (1.929) 7.1
D 2nd accumulator spring B 2.0 (0.079) 10.6 (0.417) 34.0 (1.339) 8.0
E 2nd accumulator spring A 2.2 (0.087) 16.6 (0.654) 48.2 (1.898) 8.5
F 5th accumulator spring 2.5 (0.098) 14.6 (0.575) 29.9 (1.177) 4.9
14-243
02/09/18 13:58:32 62SDA00A_140_0245
Valve Body
Shift Solenoid Valves Removal and Installation

NOTE: 5. Install shift solenoid valve E by holding the shift
• Do not hold the shift solenoid connector to remove solenoid valve body; be sure to install mounting
and to install the shift solenoid valves. Hold the shift bracket contacts the servo body.
solenoid valve body.
• Do not install the shift solenoid valve A before 6. Install shift solenoid valve B by holding the shift
installing the shift solenoid valve D, and do not install solenoid valve body; be sure to install mounting
shift solenoid valve B before solenoid valve E. If bracket contacts the bracket on shift solenoid
solenoid valves A and B are installed before solenoid valve E.
valves D and E, it may damage the hydraulic control
system. 7. Install shift solenoid valve C by holding the shift
solenoid valve body; be sure to install mounting
1. Remove the shift solenoid valves by holding the bracket contacts the servo body.
solenoid valve body.
2. Install new O-rings (F) on each shift solenoid valves.
NOTE: The new shift solenoid valve is equipped

with new O-rings. If you install a new shift solenoid
valve, there is no need to replace its O-rings.
A 6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
D
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
F (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
F
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m,
E 8.7 lbf·ft)
3. Install shift solenoid valve D by holding the shift

bracket contacts the servo body.
4. Install shift solenoid valve A by holding the shift

bracket contacts the bracket on shift solenoid
valve D.
14-244
02/09/18 13:58:33 62SDA00A_140_0246
Torque Converter Housing
Mainshaft Bearing and Oil Seal Replacement

Special Tools Required 3. Install the new oil seal flush with the housing with
• Adjustable bearing remover set the special tools.
07JAC-PH80000
1. Remove the mainshaft bearing and oil seal with the

special tool.
07JAC-PH80000
07749-0010000 07746-0010600
2. Install the new mainshaft bearing until it bottoms in

the torque converter housing with the special tools.
07749-0010000 07746-0010500
14-245
02/09/18 13:58:34 62SDA00A_140_0247
Countershaft Bearing Replacement

Special Tools Required 2. Install the ATF guide plate (A).
• Adjustable bearing remover set
07JAC-PH80000 07749-0010000
1. Remove the countershaft bearing with the special

tool.
07JAC-PH80000 0−0.03 mm
(0−0.001 in.)
B
07746-0010500
A
3. Install the new countershaft bearing (B) in the

housing with the special tools.
14-246
02/09/18 13:58:36 62SDA00A_140_0248
Secondary Shaft Bearing Replacement

Special Tools Required 3. Install the new O-rings (A) on the ATF guide collar
• Handle driver 07749-0010000 (B), then install the ATF guide collar in the housing.
B
C
1. Remove the bolt, then remove the lock washer (A)
and bearing set plate (B).
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
A
A
B
4. Install the new secondary shaft bearing (C) in the

direction shown.
5. Drive the secondary shaft bearing with the special

tools, and install it securely in the housing.
07749-0010000
2. Remove the secondary shaft bearing (A) by heating

the housing to about 100°C (212°F) with a heat gun
(B). Do no heat the housing in excess of 100°C
(212°F).
NOTE: Let the housing cool to normal temperature

before installing the bearing.
B
07746-0010500
6. Check that the bearing groove aligns with the

housing surface, then install the bearing set plate
with aligning the bearing groove.
7. Install the new lock washer and bolt, then bend the
lock tab of the lock washer against the bolt head.
14-247
02/09/18 13:58:37 62SDA00A_140_0249
Control Shaft Oil Seal Replacement

• Oil seal driver attachment 07947-ZV00100
1. Remove the oil seal (A) from the torque converter

housing (B).
B A
2. Install the new oil seal (A) in the torque converter

housing in depth (B) of 0.5−1.5 mm (0.02−0.06 in.)
below the housing surface with the special tools.
07749-0010000
A 07947-ZV00100
14-248
02/09/18 13:58:38 62SDA00A_140_0250
Shafts and Clutches
Mainshaft Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

1. Inspect the thrust needle bearing and the needle bearing for galling and rough movement.
LOCKNUT (FLANGE NUT)

24 x 1.25 mm
226 N·m (23.0 kgf·m, 166 lbf·ft)→0→
THRUST NEEDLE BEARING 167 N·m (17.0 kgf·m, 123 lbf·ft)
Repalce.
CONICAL SPRING
WASHER
4TH GEAR Replace.
IDLER GEAR
NEEDLE BEARING
THRUST NEEDLE BEARING
4TH GEAR COLLAR

TRANSMISSION
HOUSING BEARING
4TH/5TH CLUTCH
O-RING
Replace.
THRUST WASHER, 41 x 68 mm
Selective part
NEEDLE BEARING
SET RINGS, 5TH GEAR

29 mm
NEEDLE BEARING
SET RING
2. Inspect the splines for excessive wear and damage.
3. Check shaft bearing surface for scoring and excessive wear.
4. Before installing the O-rings, wrap the shaft splines with tape to prevent O-ring damage.
5. Lubricate all parts with ATF during assembly.
6. Install the conical spring washer, 41 x 68 mm thrust washer in the direction shown.
7. Replace the locknut and conical spring washer with new ones when assembling the transmission.
8. Check the clearance of the 5th gear (see page 14-250).
14-249
02/09/18 13:58:39 62SDA00A_140_0251
Shafts and Clutches
Mainshaft 5th Gear Clearance Inspection

1. Remove the mainshaft transmission housing 5. Measure the clearance between the mainshaft
bearing (see page 14-233). flange (A) and 41 x 68 mm thrust washer (B) with a
feeler gauge (C), in at least three places. Use the
2. Assemble 41 x 68 mm thrust washer (A), 4th/5th average as the actual clearance.
clutch (B), 4th gear collar (C), and transmission
housing bearing (D) on the mainshaft (E). Do not STANDARD: 0.03 − 0.11 mm (0.001 − 0.004 in.)
install the O-rings during inspection.
A
H F
24 x 1.25 mm
29 N·m
(3.0 kgf·m,
22 lbf·ft) D
C B
E
3. Install the idler gear (F) on the mainshaft by a press,

then install the conical spring washer (G) and
locknut (H).
4. Tighten the locknut to 29 N·m (3.0 kgf·m, 22 lbf·ft).
14-250
02/09/18 13:58:40 62SDA00A_140_0252
6. If the clearance is out of standard, remove the

41 x 68 mm thrust washer and measure its
thickness.
7. Select and install a new thrust washer, then

recheck.
No. Part Number Thickness
1 90414-PRP-000 6.35 mm (0.250 in.)
2 90415-PRP-000 6.40 mm (0.252 in.)
3 90416-PRP-000 6.45 mm (0.254 in.)
4 90417-PRP-000 6.50 mm (0.256 in.)
5 90418-PRP-000 6.55 mm (0.258 in.)
6 90419-PRP-000 6.60 mm (0.260 in.)
8. After replacing the thrust washer, make sure the

clearance is within standard.
9. Disassemble the shaft and gears.
10. Reinstall the bearing in the transmission housing

(see page 14-234).
14-251
02/09/18 13:58:41 62SDA00A_140_0253
Shafts and Clutches
Countershaft Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly


24 x 1.25 mm
226 N·m (23.0 kgf·m, 166 lbf·ft)→0→
167 N·m (17.0 kgf·m, 123 lbf·ft)
REVERSE GEAR Replace.
Left-hand threads
CONICAL SPRING
WASHER
Replace.
NEEDLE BEARING
REVERSE SELECTOR HUB REVERSE

SELECTOR
PARK GEAR
4TH GEAR
NEEDLE BEARING
SET RING TRANSMISSION

HOUSING BEARING
COLLAR,
COTTERS, 31 mm 35 x 47 x 7.8 mm
COLLAR, 3RD GEAR

37 x 41 x 82.8 mm
5TH GEAR
1ST GEAR
2ND GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
5. Install the conical spring washer, reverse selector, 35 x 47 x 7.8 mm collar, and all gears in the direction shown.
6. Replace the locknut and conical spring washer with new ones when assembling the transmission. The
countershaft locknut has left-hand threads.
7. Some reverse selector hubs, and the 3rd gear are press-fitted to the countershaft; special tools are needed to
remove them (see page 14-253) and to install them (see page 14-254).
14-252
02/09/18 13:58:42 62SDA00A_140_0254
Reverse Selector Hub and 3rd Gear Removal

Special Tools Required 3. Set the press on the countershaft (A) with putting a
Bearing separator 07KAF-PS30200 spacer (B) between the press and countershaft, and
remove the 3rd gear (C).
1. Install the special tool on the 4th gear (A). Set a
press on the countershaft (B) with putting a spacer B
(C) between the press and countershaft, and
remove the reverse selector hub (D).
A
C
NOTE: Some reverse selector hubs are not press-
fitted, and can be removed without using the
special tool and a press.
C
D
4. Remove the 37 x 41 x 82.8 mm collar, 5th gear, 1st

gear, and 2nd gear.
07KAF-PS30200
2. Remove the needle bearing, set ring, 35 x 47 x 7.8

mm collar, and cotters.
14-253
02/09/18 13:58:42 62SDA00A_140_0255
Shafts and Clutches
Reverse Selector Hub and 3rd Gear Installation

Special Tools Required 4. Slide the reverse selector hub (A) over the
Driver 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100 countershaft, then press it in place with the special
tool and a press.
1. Install the 2nd gear, 1st gear, 5th gear, and 37 x 41
x 82.8 mm collar on the countershaft. NOTE: Some reverse selector hubs are not press-
fitted and can be installed without using the special
2. Slide the 3rd gear (A) over the countershaft, and tool and a press.
press it in place with the special tool and a press.
07746-0030100
07746-0030100
3. Install the cotters, 35 x 47 x 7.8 mm collar, set ring,

needle bearing, and 4th gear.
14-254
02/09/18 13:58:44 62SDA00A_140_0256
Secondary Shaft Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

24 x 1.25 mm
167 N·m (17.0 kgf·m, 123 lbf·ft)
Replace.
Left-hand threads

CONICAL
IDLER GEAR SPRING
WASHER
Replace.
3RD GEAR
NEEDLE BEARING
SECONDARY SHAFT TRANSMISSION
THRUST NEEDLE HOUSING BEARING
BEARING
3RD GEAR COLLAR

SEALING RINGS,
29 mm
THRUST NEEDLE 1ST/3RD CLUTCH

BEARING
NEEDLE BEARING
O-RINGS
Replace.
2ND GEAR
THRUST WASHER,
THRUST NEEDLE 40 x 51.5 mm
BEARING Selective part
THRUST WASHER,
37 x 58 mm THRUST NEEDLE BEARING
Selective part
O-RINGS 1ST GEAR
Replace.
NEEDLE BEARING
2ND CLUTCH

SNAP RING
Replace.
4. Before installing the O-rings, wrap the shaft splines with tape to prevent O-ring damage.
6. Install the conical spring washer, idler gear in the direction shown.
7. Replace the locknut and conical spring washer with new ones when assembling the transmission. The locknut has
left-hand threads.
8. Check the clearance of the 2nd gear (see page 14-257) and and 1st gear (see page 14-259).
14-255
02/09/18 13:58:45 62SDA00A_140_0257
Shafts and Clutches
Secondary Shaft Ball Bearing, Idler Gear Removal and Installation

Special Tools Required Installation
Driver attachment, 42 mm I.D. 07QAD-P0A0100
Install the idler gear (A) on the secondary shaft (B), and
Removal install the ball bearing (C) over the idler gear with the
special tool and a press.
Place a shaft protector (A) on the secondary shaft (B),
07QAD-P0A0100
and set the puller (C) under the idler gear (D), then
remove the idler gear and ball bearing (E).
C
C
A
A
14-256
02/09/18 13:58:46 62SDA00A_140_0258
Secondary Shaft 2nd Gear Clearance Inspection

1. Install the thrust needle bearing (A), needle bearing 2. Measure the clearance between the snap ring (A)
(B), 2nd gear (C), thrust needle bearing (D), 37 x 58 and the 2nd clutch guide (B) with a feeler gauge (C),
mm thrust washer (E), and 2nd clutch (F) on the in at least three places. Use the average as the
secondary shaft (G), then secure them with the actual clearance.
snap ring (H).
STANDARD: 0.04−0.12 mm (0.002−0.005 in.)
G
C
C
E A B
F
H
(cont’d)
14-257
02/09/18 13:58:47 62SDA00A_140_0259
Shafts and Clutches
Secondary Shaft 2nd Gear Clearance Inspection (cont’d)

3. If the clearance is out of standard, remove the
37 x 58 mm thrust washer and measure its
thickness.
4. Select and install a new thrust washer, then

recheck.
1 90511-PRP-010 3.900 mm (0.154 in.)
2 90512-PRP-010 3.925 mm (0.155 in.)
3 90513-PRP-010 3.950 mm (0.156 in.)
4 90514-PRP-010 3.975 mm (0.156 in.)
5 90515-PRP-010 4.000 mm (0.157 in.)
6 90516-PRP-010 4.025 mm (0.158 in.)
7 90517-PRP-010 4.050 mm (0.159 in.)
8 90518-PRP-010 4.075 mm (0.160 in.)
9 90519-PRP-010 4.100 mm (0.161 in.)
10 90520-PRP-010 4.125 mm (0.162 in.)
11 90521-PRP-010 4.150 mm (0.163 in.)
12 90522-PRP-010 4.175 mm (0.164 in.)
13 90523-PRP-000 4.200 mm (0.165 in.)
14 90524-PRP-000 4.225 mm (0.166 in.)
15 90525-PRP-000 4.250 mm (0.167 in.)
16 90526-PRP-000 4.275 mm (0.168 in.)
17 90527-PRP-000 4.300 mm (0.169 in.)
18 90528-PRP-000 4.325 mm (0.170 in.)
19 90529-PRP-000 4.350 mm (0.171 in.)
20 90530-PRP-000 4.375 mm (0.172 in.)

6. Disassemble the shaft and gears.
14-258
02/09/18 13:58:48 62SDA00A_140_0260
Secondary Shaft 1st Gear Clearance Inspection

Special Tools Required 2. Install the idler gear (I), then install the ball bearing
Driver attachment, 42 mm I.D. 07QAD-P0A0100 (J) on the idler gear with the special tool and a
press.
1. Install the thrust needle bearing (A), needle bearing
(B), 1st gear (C), thrust needle bearing (D), 40 x 51.5 07QAD-P0A0100
mm thrust washer (E), 1st/3rd clutch (F), and 3rd
gear collar (G) on the secondary shaft (H).
J
L I
24 x 1.25 mm
29 N·m (3.0 kgf·m, 22 lbf·ft)
F 3. Install the conical spring washer (K) and locknut (L),

then tighten the locknut to 29 N·m (3.0 kgf·m, 22 lbf·
E ft).
D
4. Turn the secondary shaft assembly upside down,
and set the dial indicator (A) on the 1st gear (B).
C A
B
(cont’d)
14-259
02/09/18 13:59:39 62SDA00A_140_0261
Shafts and Clutches
Secondary Shaft 1st Gear Clearance Inspection (cont’d)

5. Hold the secondary shaft, and measure the 1st gear 6. If the clearance is out of standard, remove the 40 x
axial clearance in at least three places while 51.5 mm thrust washer and measure its thickness.
moving the 1st gear (A). Use the average as the
actual clearance. 7. Select and install a new thrust washer, then
recheck.
STANDARD: 0.04−0.12 mm (0.002−0.005 in.)
THRUST WASHER, 40 x 51.5 mm

1 90503-PRP-000 4.80 mm (0.189 in.)
2 90504-PRP-000 4.85 mm (0.191 in.)
3 90505-PRP-000 4.90 mm (0.193 in.)
4 90506-PRP-000 4.95 mm (0.195 in.)
5 90507-PRP-000 5.00 mm (0.197 in.)
6 90508-PRP-000 5.05 mm (0.199 in.)

A 9. Disassemble the shaft and gears.
14-260
02/09/18 13:59:40 62SDA00A_140_0262
Idler Gear Shaft Removal and Installation

1. Remove the snap ring (A), cotter retainer (B), and
cotter keys (C). Do not distort the snap ring.
D
2. Remove the idler gear shaft/idler gear assembly (D)

from the transmission housing.
3. Check the snap rings and cotter retainer for wear

and damage. Replace them if they are worn,
distorted, or damaged.
4. Install the idler gear and shaft in the reverse order

of removal.
14-261
02/09/18 13:59:41 62SDA00A_140_0263
Shafts and Clutches
Idler Gear/Idler Gear Shaft Replacement

Special Tools Required 3. Replace the idler gear or idler gear shaft, and attach
• Handle driver 07749-0010000 the idler gear shaft to the idler gear.
1. Remove the snap ring from the idler gear/idler

shaft assembly.
4. Install the idler gear shaft (A) in the idler gear (B)
with the special tools and a press.
2. Remove the idler gear shaft (A) from the idler gear 07749-0010000
(B) with the special tools and a press.
07749-0010000 07746-0010100
B
07746-0010100
B
5. Install the snap ring.
14-262
02/09/18 13:59:44 62SDA00A_140_0264
Clutch Disassembly
Special Tools Required 3. Remove the clutch end plate (A), clutch discs (5) (B),
• Clutch spring compressor set 07LAE-PX40000 clutch waved-plates (3) (C), 2.0mm-thick flat plate
• Clutch spring compressor attachment (D), 4.0mm-thick plate (E), and waved spring (F)
07LAE-PX40100 from the 2nd clutch drum (G).
• Clutch spring compressor attachment
07HAE-PL50101
A
• Clutch spring compressor bolt assembly F
07GAE-PG40200 B
C
1. Remove the snap ring with a screwdriver. G
4. Make a reference mark on 2.0mm-thick flat-plate

(D).
2. Remove the clutch end plate (A), clutch discs (5) (B), 5. Remove the clutch end plate (A), clutch discs (5) (B),
clutch waved-plates (5) (C), and waved spring (D) clutch waved-plates (3) (C), clutch flat-plates (2) (D),
from the 1st clutch drum (E). and waved spring (E) from the 3rd clutch drum (F).
A
A
B
B
C
C
D E
E
F
D
6. Make reference marks on the clutch flat-plates (D).
(cont’d)
14-263
02/09/18 13:59:46 62SDA00A_140_0265
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Disassembly (cont’d)

7. Remove the clutch end plate (A), clutch discs (3) (B), 9. Install the special tools.
clutch waved-plates (3) (C), and waved spring (D)
07LAE-PX40100
from the 4th clutch drum (E).
B
D
C
07HAE-PL50101
8. Remove the clutch end plate (A), clutch discs (3) (B),
clutch waved-plates (3) (C), and waved spring (D)
from the 5th clutch drum (E). 07GAE-PG40200
A
10. Be sure the special tool (A) is adjusted to have full
B contact with the spring retainer (B) on the 4th and
D 5th clutches.
C
14-264
02/09/18 13:59:47 62SDA00A_140_0266
11. Set the special tool (A) on the spring retainer (B) of 13. Compress the return spring until the snap ring can
the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd clutches in such a way that the be removed.
special tool works on the clutch return spring (C).
C 14. Remove the snap ring with snap ring pliers.
12. If either end of the special tool is set over an area of

the spring retainer which is unsupported by the
return spring, the retainer may be damaged. 07LGC-0010100
15. Remove the special tools.
(cont’d)
14-265
02/09/18 13:59:48 62SDA00A_140_0267
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Disassembly (cont’d)

16. Remove the snap ring (A), spring retainer (B), and 18. Remove the piston, then remove the O-rings from
return spring (C). the 4th and 5th clutch pistons.
A
17. Wrap a shop rag around the clutch drum (A), and
apply air pressure to the fluid passage to remove
the piston (B). Place a finger tip on the other 19. Remove the piston, then remove the O-ring from
passage while applying air pressure. the 1st, 2nd and 3rd clutch drum, and remove the
O-ring from each clutch piston.
14-266
02/09/18 13:59:49 62SDA00A_140_0268
Clutch Inspection
1. Inspect the 4th and 5th clutch pistons and clutch 6. Inspect the clutch discs, clutch-plates, and clutch
piston check valves (A). end plate for wear, damage, and discoloration.
A Standard Thickness
Clutch Discs: 1.94 mm (0.076 in.)
Clutch Plates:
1st clutch (waved-plates): 1.6 mm (0.063 in.)
2nd clutch: Waved-plates: 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)
Flat-plate: 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)
4.0 mm-thick plate:4.0 mm (0.157 in.)
3rd clutch: Waved-plates: 1.6 mm (0.063 in.)
Flat-plates: 1.6 mm (0.063 in.)
4th clutch (waved-plates): 2.3 mm (0.091 in.)
5th clutch (waved-plates): 2.3 mm (0.091 in.)
7. If the clutch discs are worn or damaged, replace

them as a set. If the clutch discs are replaced,
2. If the clutch piston check valve is loose or damaged, inspect the clutch end-plate-to-top-disc clearance.
replace the clutch piston.
8. If any plate is worn, damaged, or discolored,
3. Check the spring retainer for wear and damage. replace the damaged plate with the new plate, and
inspect the other waved-plates for a phase
4. Check the oil seal (A) on the spring retainer of the 1 difference. If the clutch plate is replaced, inspect
st, 2nd, and 3rd clutches for wear, damage, and the clutch end-plate-to-top-disc clearance.
peeling.
9. If the clutch end plate is worn, damaged, or
discolored, inspect the clutch end-plate-to-top-disc
A
clearance, then replace the clutch end plate.
5. If the oil seal is worn, damaged, or peeling, replace

the spring retainer.
14-267
02/09/18 13:59:49 62SDA00A_140_0269
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Waved-plate Phase Difference Inspection

1. Place the clutch waved-plate (A) on a surface plate,
and set a dial indicator (B) on the waved-plate.
B
C
D I
E H
F G
2. Find the bottom (D) of a phase difference of the

waved-plate, zero the dial indicator and make a
reference mark on the bottom of the waved-plate.
3. Rotate the waved-plate about 60-degrees apart

from the bottom while holding the waved-plate by
its circumference. The dial indicator should be at
the top (E) of a phase difference. Do not rotate the
waved-plate while holding its surface, always
rotate it with holding its circumference.
4. Read the dial indicator. The dial indicator reads the

phase difference (C) of the waved-plate between
bottom and top.
Standard: 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) minimum
5. Rotate the waved-plate about 60-degrees. The dial

indicator should be at the bottom of a phase
difference (F and H), and zero the dial indicator.
6. Measure the phase difference at the other two tops

(G and I) of the waved-plate by following steps 3
thru 5.
7. If the two values of the three measurements are

within the standard, the waved-plate is OK. If the
two values of the three measurements are out of
the standard, replace the waved-plate.
14-268
02/09/18 13:59:52 62SDA00A_140_0270
Clutch Clearance Inspection

Special Tools Required 4. Install the waved spring (A) in the 2nd clutch drum
Clutch compressor attachment 07ZAE-PRP0100 (B). Install the 4.0 mm-thick plate (C) with the shear
droop side (D) toward the inside of the drum, clutch
1. Inspect the clutch piston, discs, plates, and end disc (E), and 2.0 mm-thick flat-plate (F), then
plate for wear and damage (see page 14-267), and starting with the disc, alternately install the discs
inspect clutch waved-plate phase difference (see (4) (G) and waved-plates (3) (H), then install the
page 14-268), if necessary. clutch-end-plate (I) with the flat side toward the disc.
2. Install the clutch piston in the clutch drum. Do not I

install the O-rings during inspection. A
H
G
D C
3. Install the waved spring (A) in the 1st clutch drum
(B). Starting with the clutch waved-plate, 5. Install the waved spring (A) in the 3rd clutch drum
alternately install the clutch plate (5) (C) and discs (B). Install the clutch flat-plate (C), clutch disc (D),
(5) (D), then install the clutch-end-plate (E) with the and clutch flat-plate (E). Starting with the clutch
flat side toward the disc. disc, alternately install the clutch discs (4) (F) and
clutch waved-plates (3) (G), then install the clutch-
E end-plate (H) with the flat side toward the disc.
B
G
D
B F
E
C D
(cont’d)
14-269
02/09/18 13:59:54 62SDA00A_140_0271
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Clearance Inspection (cont’d)

6. Install the waved spring (A) in the 4th clutch drum 8. Install the snap ring with a screwdriver.
(B). Starting with the clutch waved-plate,
alternately install the clutch plate (3) (C) and discs
(3) (D), then install the clutch end plate (E) with the
flat side toward the disc.
D
9. Set a dial indicator (A) on the clutch end plate (B).
C
A
7. Install the waved spring (A) in the 5th clutch drum

(3) (D), then install the clutch end plate (E) with the
A B
C
D
10. Zero the dial indicator with the clutch end plate
C lifted up to the snap ring (C).
14-270
02/09/18 13:59:55 62SDA00A_140_0272
11. Release the clutch end plate to lower the clutch end 1ST, 2ND and 3RD CLUTCH END PLATES
plate, then put the special tool on the end plate (A).
Plate Part Number Thickness
No.
150−160 N 1 22551-RCL-003 2.6 mm (0.102 in.)
B (15−16 kgf,
33−35 lbf) 2 22552-RCL-003 2.7 mm (0.106 in.)
3 22553-RCL-003 2.8 mm (0.110 in.)
4 22554-RCL-003 2.9 mm (0.114 in.)
5 22555-RCL-003 3.0 mm (0.118 in.)
07ZAE-PRP0100 6 22556-RCL-003 3.1 mm (0.122 in.)
7 22557-RCL-003 3.2 mm (0.126 in.)
8 22558-RCL-003 3.3 mm (0.130 in.)
A 9 22559-RCL-003 3.4 mm (0.134 in.)
D
4TH and 5TH CLUTCH END PLATES

C
Plate Part Number Thickness
No.
1 22581-RCL-003 2.1 mm (0.083 in.)
12. Press the special tool down with 150−160 N (15− 2 22582-RCL-003 2.2 mm (0.087 in.)
16 kgf, 33−35 lbf) using a force gauge, and read 3 22583-RCL-003 2.3 mm (0.091 in.)
the dial indicator (B). The dial indicator reads the 4 22584-RCL-003 2.4 mm (0.095 in.)
clearance (C) between the clutch end plate and top 5 22585-RCL-003 2.5 mm (0.098 in.)
disc (D). Take measurements in at least three 6 22586-RCL-003 2.6 mm (0.102 in.)
places, and use the average as the actual clearance. 7 22587-RCL-003 2.7 mm (0.106 in.)
8 22588-RCL-003 2.8 mm (0.110 in.)
Clutch End Plate-to-Top Disc Clearance: 9 22589-RCL-003 2.9 mm (0.114 in.)
Service Limit:
1st Clutch: 1.28−1.48 mm (0.050−0.058 in.) 14. Install the new clutch end plate, then recheck the
2nd Clutch: 0.88−1.08 mm (0.035−0.043 in.) clearance.
3rd Clutch: 0.93−1.13 mm (0.037−0.044 in.)
4th Clutch: 0.73−0.93 mm (0.029−0.037 in.) NOTE: If the thickest clutch end plate is installed,
5th Clutch: 0.73−0.93 mm (0.029−0.037 in.) but the clearance is still over the service limit,
replace the clutch discs and plates.
13. If the clearance is out of the service limit, select a
new clutch end plate from the following table.
14-271
02/09/18 13:59:56 62SDA00A_140_0273
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Reassembly
Special Tools Required 3. Install the new O-ring (A) in the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd
• Clutch spring compressor set 07LAE-PX40000 clutch pistons (B), and install the new O-ring (C) on
• Clutch spring compressor attachment the clutch drums (D).
07LAE-PX40100
• Clutch spring compressor attachment B
07HAE-PL50101
• Clutch spring compressor bolt assembly
07GAE-PG40200
A
1. Soak the clutch discs thoroughly in ATF for a
minimum of 30 minutes.
2. Install the new O-rings (A) on the 4th and 5th clutch
piston (B). C
B
4. Install the clutch piston (A) in the clutch drum (B).
Apply pressure and rotate to ensure proper seating.
Lubricate the piston O-ring with ATF before
installing. Do not pinch the O-ring by installing the
piston with to much force.
14-272
02/09/18 13:59:57 62SDA00A_140_0274
5. Install the return spring (A) and spring retainer (B), 7. Be sure the special tool (A) is adjusted to have full
and position the snap ring (C) on the retainer. contact with the spring retainer (B) on the 4th and
5th clutches.
C
A
A
8. Set the special tool (A) on the spring retainer (B) of

the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd clutches in such a way that the
special tool compresses the clutch return spring (C).
6. Install the special tools.
07LAE-PX40100
A
C
07HAE-PL50101
07GAE-PG40200
(cont’d)
14-273
02/09/18 13:59:59 62SDA00A_140_0275
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Reassembly (cont’d)

9. If either end of the special tool is set over an area of 11. Install the snap ring with snap ring pliers.
the spring retainer which is unsupported by the
return spring, the retainer may be damaged.
07LGC-0010100
12. Remove the special tools.
10. Compress the return spring. 13. Install the waved spring (A) in the 1st clutch drum
(5) (D), then install the clutch-end-plate (E) with the
D
C
14-274
02/09/18 14:00:02 62SDA00A_140_0276
14. Install the waved spring (A) in the 2nd clutch drum 16. Install the waved spring (A) in the 4th clutch drum
(B). Install the 4.0 mm-thick plate (C) with the shear (B). Starting with the clutch waved-plate,
droop side (D) toward the inside of the drum, clutch alternately install the clutch plate (3) (C) and discs
disc (E), and 2.0 mm-thick flat-plate (F), then (3) (D), then install the clutch end plate (E) with the
starting with the disc, alternately install the discs flat side toward the disc.
(4) (G) and waved-plates (3) (H), then install the
clutch-end-plate (I) with the flat side toward the disc. E
I
A
A
B B
H
C
G
F
17. Install the waved spring (A) in the 5th clutch drum
E
C alternately install the clutch plates (3) (C) and discs
D (3) (D), then install the clutch end plate (E) with the
15. Install the waved spring (A) in the 3rd clutch drum
(B). Install the clutch flat-plate (C), clutch disc (D), E
and clutch flat-plate (E). Starting with the clutch
disc, alternately install the clutch discs (4) (F) and
clutch waved-plates (3) (G), then install the clutch- A
end-plate (H) with the flat side toward the disc.
H
B
D
C
A
G
F
B
E
D
C
(cont’d)
14-275
02/09/18 14:00:03 62SDA00A_140_0277
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Reassembly (cont’d)

18. Install the snap ring with a screwdriver.
19. Check that the clutch piston moves by applying air

pressure into fluid passage.
14-276
02/09/18 14:00:05 62SDA00A_140_0278
Valve Body
Valve Bodies and ATF Strainer Installation

Exploded View
Torque Specifications:
6 x 1.0 mm: 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
8 x 1.25 mm: 18 N·m (1.8 kgf·m, 13 lbf·ft)
6 x 1.0 mm
Seven Bolts ATF FEED PIPES,
8 x 198 mm
6 x 1.0 mm REGULATOR
Two Bolts VALVE BODY
6 x 1.0 mm
One Bolt
ATF STRAINER
O-RING
Replace.
ATF FEED PIPE,
8 x 220 mm O-RING
Replace.
STATOR SHAFT STOP

ATF JOINT STATOR SHAFT
PIPES
REGULATOR
6 x 1.0 mm CHECK BALLS SEPARATOR PLATE
11 Bolts Two Balls
DOWEL PINS,
Two Pins
COOLER CHECK
VALVE SPRING
COOLER CHECK
VALVE
SERVO BODY 8 x 1.25 mm CHECK BALLS
Three Bolts Two Balls
MAIN VALVE BODY
DOWEL PINS, ATF PUMP DRIVE GEAR
ATF PUMP DRIVEN
Two Pins GEAR SHAFT
ATF PUMP DRIVEN
GEAR
SERVO SEPARATOR
PLATE ATF MAGNET DOWEL PINS,
Two Pins
MAIN
SEPARATOR
PLATE
TORQUE CONVERTER HOUSING
(cont’d)
14-277
02/09/18 14:00:06 62SDA00A_140_0279
Valve Body
Valve Bodies and ATF Strainer Installation (cont’d)

NOTE: Refer to the exploded view as needed during the 5. If the ATF pump drive gear and ATF pump driven
following procedures. gear shaft do not move smoothly, loosen the main
valve body bolts. Realign the ATF pump driven
1. Make sure that the ATF magnet is cleaned and gear shaft, and retighten the bolts to the specified
installed in the torque converter housing. torque, then recheck. Failure to align the ATF pump
driven gear shaft correctly will result in a seized
2. Install the main separator plate (A) and two dowel ATF pump drive gear or ATF pump driven gear
pins on the torque converter housing. Then install shaft.
the ATF pump drive gear (B), driven gear (C), and
ATF pump driven gear shaft (D). Install the ATF 6. Make sure that the two check balls and the cooler
pump driven gear with its grooved and chamfered check valve are in the main valve body, then install
side facing down. the cooler check valve spring in the cooler check
valve.
D B
7. Install the servo separator plate and two dowel pins
on the main valve body.
8. Install the servo body (11 bolts). Install the ATF

strainer with the two bolts in the bolt holes (A) in
step 12, and install the baffle plate with the two
A
bolts in the bolt holes (B) in step 2 in shaft
assemblies and housing installation.
B
3. Install the main valve body.
4. Make sure the ATF pump drive gear (A) rotates

smoothly in the normal operating direction, and the
ATF pump driven gear shaft (B) moves smoothly in
the axial and normal operating direction. A
A 6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
9. Install the regulator separator plate and two dowel

pins on the main valve body.
10. Install the new O-ring on the stator shaft, and install
the stator shaft and stator shaft stop.
11. Install the regulator valve body (seven bolts).
12. Install the new O-ring on the ATF strainer, and

install the ATF straner (two bolts).
A B
13. Install the ATF joint pipes (one bolt).
14. Install the ATF feed pipes in the regulator valve

body and servo body.
14-278
02/09/18 14:00:09 62SDA00A_140_0280
Shaft Assemblies and Housing Installation

Exploded View
TRANSMISSION HOUSING
MOUNTING BOLTS ATF FEED PIPE
COUNTERSHAFT 10 x 1.25 mm
REVERSE GEAR 44 N·m (4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft) ATF LUBRICATION
19 Bolts PIPE
SHIFT SOLENOID
6 x 1.0 mm VALVE COVER
14 N·m (1.4 kgf·m, TRANSMISSION
10 lbf·ft) HOUSING
REVERSE
SELECTOR
LOCK WASHER
Replace.
REVERSE
SHIFT FORK NEEDLE
BEARING
TRANSMISSION
HANGER
COUNTERSHAFT
SUB-ASSEMBLY
BAFFLE MAINSHAFT
CONTROL SUB-ASSEMBLY
SHAFT PLATE
CONTROL
LEVER 6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m,
8.7 lbf·ft)
SECONDARY
SHAFT
SUB-ASSEMBLY
DIFFERENTIAL
ASSEMBLY
(cont’d)
14-279
02/09/18 14:01:17 62SDA00A_140_0281
Shaft Assemblies and Housing Installation (cont’d)

Special Tools Required 6. If the detent arm was removed, install the detent
Snap ring pliers 07LGC-0010100 arm (A) with arm collar (B) on the servo body (C),
and install the new lock washer (D) by aligning its
NOTE: Refer to the exploded view as needed during the cutout (E) with the projection (F) of the servo body.
following procedure. Install and tighten the bolt, then bend the lock tab
of the lock washer against the bolt head.
1. Install the differential assembly in the torque
6 x 1.0 mm
converter housing. 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
2. Install the baffle plate on the servo body. D
3. Assemble the mainshaft, countershaft, and E

secondary shaft. B
4. Join the mainshaft sub-assembly (A), countershaft

sub-assembly (B), and secondary shaft sub-
assembly (C) together, and install them in the
torque converter housing. Do not bump the F
A
countershaft on the baffle plate (D).
A
B
C
C
5. Make sure if the countershaft and differential are

clear of the baffle plate (D).
14-280
02/09/18 14:01:19 62SDA00A_140_0282
7. Install the control shaft (A) in the torque converter 9. Turn the shift fork shaft (A) so the large chamfered
housing aligning the manual valve lever pin (B) on hole (B) is facing the fork bolt hole (C) of the shift
the control shaft with the guide of the manual valve fork (D).
(C). Pull the manual valve gently when aligning the
D
manual valve with the control shaft.
C
A
E
B
B
6 x 1.0 mm
14 N·m
A
8. Hook the detent arm spring (A) to the detent arm 10. Install the shift fork and reverse selector together
(B). on the shift fork shaft and countershaft. Secure the
shift fork to the shift fork shaft with the lock bolt
and a new lock washer (E), then bend the lock tab of
the lock washer against the bolt head.
A
11. Install the needle bearing and countershaft reverse
gear on the countershaft.
12. Install the reverse idler gear in the transmission

housing (see page 14-235).
B
13. Install the idler gear shaft (see page 14-261), if it
was removed.
14. Install the three dowel pins and a new gasket on the
torque converter housing.
(cont’d)
14-281
02/09/18 14:01:20 62SDA00A_140_0283
Shaft Assemblies and Housing Installation (cont’d)

15. Align the spring pin (A) on the control shaft (B) with 18. Verify that the secondary shaft bearing snap ring
the transmission housing groove (C) by turning the (A) is seated in the bearing and housing groove,
control shaft. and that the ring end gap (B) is correct.
B: 0−7 mm (0−0.28 in.)
NOTE: Do not squeeze the end (D) of the control
shaft tips together when turning the shaft. If the tips
are squeezed together, it will cause a faulty shift
position signal or position due to the play between
he control shaft and the switch.
A
C
19. Install the transmission housing mounting bolts

along with the transmission hanger (A) and, tighten
B
the 19 bolts in two or three steps in a criss-cross
pattern.
A
07LGC-0010100
16. Place the transmission housing on the torque

converter housing. Do not install the mainshaft and
countershaft speed sensors before installing the
transmission housing on the torque converter
housing.
17. While expanding the snap ring of the secondary

shaft bearing using the snap ring pliers, push the
transmission housing down to start the secondary
shaft bearing through the snap ring. Then release
the pliers, and push down the housing until it
bottoms and the snap ring snaps in place in the 10 x 1.25 mm
secondary shaft bearing snap ring groove. 44 N·m (4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft)
14-282
02/09/18 14:01:22 62SDA00A_140_0284
20. Install the mainshaft speed sensor (A) and 24. Install the shift solenoid valve cover (A) with the
countershaft speed sensor (B) with new O-rings (C). two dowel pins (B) and the new gasket (C).
C
A
6 x 1.0 mm
6 x 1.0 mm 12 N·m
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
B
6 x 1.0 mm C
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
21. Install the shift solenoid harness connector (F) in

the transmission housing with the new O-ring (G).
RED BLU B
ORN
D
GRN YEL,
WHT,WHT
A
B 6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m,
8.7 lbf·ft)
C F
G
E
22. Connect the connector (YEL, WHT, and WHT wires)

to the shift solenoid valve D.
23. Connect the connectors to the respective valves:

• BLU wire to shift solenoid valve A.
• ORN wire to shift solenoid valve B.
• GRN wire to shift solenoid valve C.
• RED wire to shift solenoid valve E.
14-283
02/09/18 14:01:24 62SDA00A_140_0285
End Cover Installation

Special Tool Required 4. Install the park lever (A) and park lever stop (B) on
Mainshaft holder set 07PAB-0010000 the control shaft (C), then install the lock bolt with
the new lock washer (D). Do not bend the lock tab
1. Install the special tool onto the mainshaft. of the lock washer until step 18.
K J
G
F
I
E
A
H
B
07PAB-0010000
6 x 1.0 mm
14 N·m
(1.4 kgf·m,
2. Lubricate the following parts with ATF: 10 lbf·ft)
C
• Splines and threads of the mainshaft.

• Splines of the mainshaft idler gear. 5. Install the park pawl shaft (E), park pawl spring (F),
• Old conical spring washer and old locknut. park pawl (G), and stop shaft (H) on the
3. Install the mainshaft idler gear (A), old conical
spring washer (B), and old locknut (C) on the 6. Lubricate the following parts with ATF:
mainshaft (D), and tighten the locknut to 226 N·m
(23.0 kgf·m, 166 lbf·ft). • Threads and splines of the countershaft.
• Old conical spring washer and old locknut.
NOTE: • Areas where the park gear contacts the conical
• Do not tap the idler gear to install. spring washer.
• Use a torque wrench to tighten the locknut. Do
not use an impact wrench. 7. Install the park gear (I), old conical spring washer
(J), and old locknut (K) on the countershaft.
C
8. Lift the park pawl up, and engage it with the park
B gear, then tighten the locknut to 226 N·m (23.0
A kgf·m, 166 lbf·ft).
NOTE:
D • Do not tap the park gear to install.
not use an impact wrench.
• Countershaft locknut has left-hand threads.
9. Remove the locknuts and conical spring washers

from the mainshaft and countershaft.
14-284
02/09/18 14:01:26 62SDA00A_140_0286
10. Lubricate the threads of the shafts, the new 15. Install the control level (A) on the control shaft (B),
locknuts and the new conical spring washers with and install the bolt with the new lock washer (C),
ATF. then bend the lock tab of the lock washer against
the bolt head.
11. Install the new conical spring washers (A) with
A
facing stamped mark side up in the direction shown,
and install the new mainshaft locknut (B), the new
countershaft locknut (C), and the new secondary
shaft locknut (D).
C
B
B
C A
6 x 1.0 mm
14 N·m
16. Set the park lever in the position, then verify that
D the park pawl (A) engages the park gear (B).
A
E
12. Tighten the locknuts to 167 N·m (17.0 kgf·m, 123
lbf·ft).
NOTE: C
• Be sure to install the conical spring washers in
the direction shown.
not use an impact wrench.
F
• Countershaft and secondary shaft locknuts have
left-hand threads.
6 x 1.0 mm
14 N·m
13. Remove the special tool from the mainshaft. (1.4 kgf·m, D
10 lbf·ft) B
14. Stake the locknuts into the shafts with a punch.
17. If the park pawl does not engage fully, check the
distance (C) between the pawl shaft (D) and the
park lever roller pin (E) (see page 14-228).
18. Tighten the lock bolt, and bend the lock tab of the
lock washer (F) against the bolt head.
(cont’d)
14-285
02/09/18 14:01:28 62SDA00A_140_0287
End Cover Installation (cont’d)

19. Install the ATF feed pipe (A) into the idler gear shaft, 23. Set the control shaft (A) to the position by
and install the ATF lubrication pipe (B) into the turning the control lever on the torque converter
transmission housing. side.
A NOTE: Do not squeeze the end of the control shaft

tips together when turning the shaft. If the tips are
B squeezed together it will cause a faulty shift
position signal or position due to the play between
the control shaft and the switch.
20. Install the new gasket (A) on the transmission

housing, and install the two dowel pins (B) and new
O-rings (C) over the top of the ATF feed pipes.
E 6 x 1.0 mm
28 N·m 12 N·m
24. Align the cutouts (A) on the rotary-frame with the
(2.9 kgf·m, (1.2 kgf·m, neutral positioning cutouts (B) on the transmission
21 lbf·ft) 8.7 lbf·ft) range switch (C), then put a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) feeler
D gauge blade (D) in the cutouts to hold in the
position.
6 x 1.0 mm NOTE: Be sure to use a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) blade or

12 N·m equivalent to hold the switch in the position.
(1.2 kgf·m,
8.7 lbf·ft) E
C C
F
B A
21. Install the end cover (D), and tighten the three
special bolts (E) and the 6 x 1.0 mm bolts (12 bolts). D B
A
22. Install the harness clamp brancket (F) on the end
cover.
14-286
02/09/18 14:01:30 62SDA00A_140_0288
25. Install the transmission range switch (A) gently on 27. Connect the transmission range switch connector
the control shaft (B) while holding it in the (A) securely, then install the harness clamps (B) on
position with the 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) blade (C). the clamp bracket (C).
C 6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
D
A
B C
26. Tighten the bolts on the transmission range switch

while you continue to hold it in the position. Do 28. Install the transmission range switch cover (D).
not move the transmission range switch when
tightening the bolts. Remove the feeler gauge. 29. Install the new gasket (B) on the transmission
housing, and install the ATF pipe (C) and ATF joint
6 x 1.0 mm pipes (D).
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
B
D
E
A
C 6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
30. Install the new O-rings (E) over the ATF joint pipes,
and install the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
valve A.
(cont’d)
14-287
02/09/18 14:01:32 62SDA00A_140_0289
End Cover Installation (cont’d)

31. Install the new gasket (C) and ATF joint pipes (D) on 34. Install the ATF filter bracket (A) on the transmission
the transmission housing, and install the new O- housing, then install the ATF cooler line/ATF filter
rings (E) over the ATF joint pipes. (B) with the line bolt (C) new sealing washers (D).
Secure the ATF filter with its bracket (E).
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) J
28 N·m (2.9 kgf·m, 21 lbf·ft)
H
F
G
E A,B F
D
D
6 x 1.0 mm
C 12 N·m
A (1.2 kgf·m,
B E 8.7 lbf·ft)
32. Install the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid C
28 N·m (2.9 kgf·m, 21 lbf·ft)
valves A and B, and harness clamp bracket (F).
33. Install the new O-ring (A) on the dipstick guide pipe 35. Secure the line brackets (F) with two bolts on the
(B), then install the dipstick guide pipe. transmission hanger (G).
A 36. Install the ATF cooler outlet line (H) with the line
B
bolt (I) and new sealing washers (J).
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) 37. Install the breather cap (C) on the breather pipe (D)
so its arrow (E) points to the A/T clutch pressure
control solenoid valves A and B.
A,B
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) F
D
C E
38. Install the filler cap with pointing its handle (F) in
the direction shown.
14-288
02/09/18 14:01:37 62SDA00A_140_0290
A/T Differential
Component Location Index Backlash Inspection

1. Install the driveshafts on the differential, then place
THRUST SHIM, 76 mm
Selection, page 14-294 the axles on V-blocks.
THRUST WASHER, 76.2 mm B
BEARING OUTER RACE
CARRIER BEARING
Replacement, page 14-290 A
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR

Replacement,
page 14-290
A
2. Check the backlash of the pinion gears (A) with a

dial indicator (B).
DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER
Backlash Inspection, STANDARD: 0.05−0.15 mm (0.002−0.006 in.)
page 14-289
3. If the backlash is out of standard, replace the
CARRIER BEARING differential carrier.
BEARING OUTER RACE

Replacement,page 14-292
THRUST WASHER, 80 mm
14-289
02/09/18 14:01:38 62SDA00A_140_0291
A/T Differential
Carrier Bearing Replacement Differential Carrier/Final Driven

Gear Replacement
Attachment, 40 x 50 mm 07LAD-PW50601
1. Remove the final driven gear from the differential
NOTE: carrier, and replace the differential carrier or final
• The bearing and bearing outer race should be driven gear.
replaced as a set.
• Inspect and adjust the carrier bearing preload 2. Install the final driven gear (A) in the direction
whenever bearing is replaced. shown on the differential carrier (B).
• Check the bearing for wear and rough rotation. If the
bearing is OK, removal is not necessary. NOTE: Differential carrier bolts have left-hand
threads.
1. Remove the carrier bearing (A) with a commercially
10 x 1.0 mm
available puller (B), bearing separator (C), and 103 N·m
stepped adapter (D). (10.5 kgf·m, A
75.9 lbf·ft)
B
2. Install the new bearings with the special tool using B

the small end and a press until it bottoms. Press the
bearing on securely so there is no clearance
between the bearing and the differential carrier.
07LAD-PW50601
14-290
02/09/18 14:01:39 62SDA00A_140_0292
Oil Seal Replacement

Special Tools Required 3. Install the new oil seal (A) in the transmission
• Handle driver 07749-0010000 housing with the special tools.
• Oil seal driver attachment 07947-SD90101
• Oil seal driver attachment 07JAD-PH80101
07749-0010000
1. Remove the oil seal from the transmission housing.
07947-SD90101
4. Install the new oil seal (A) in the torque converter

2. Remove the oil seal from the torque converter housing with the special tools.
housing.
07749-0010000
07JAD-PH80101
14-291
02/09/18 14:01:41 62SDA00A_140_0293
A/T Differential
Carrier Bearing Outer Race Replacement

Special Tools Required 2. Remove the bearing outer race (A) and 80 mm
• Handle driver 07749-0010000 thrust washer (B) from the torque converter
• Driver attachment, 78 x 90 mm 07GAD-SD40101 housing (C).
A
NOTE:
• The bearing and bearing outer race should be B
replaced as a set.
• Replace the bearing with a new one whenever the
outer race is replaced.
• Do not use the thrust shim on the torque converter
housing. C
• Adjust bearing preload after replacing the bearing
and outer race.
• Cost all parts with ATF during installation.
1. Remove the bearing outer race (A), 76.2 mm thrust

washer (B), and 76 mm thrust shim (C) from the
transmission housing (D) by heating the housing to
about 100°C (212°F) with heat gun (E). Do not heat
the housing in excess of 100°C (212°F).
3. Install the 80 mm thrust washer and the new
NOTE: Let the transmission housing cool to room bearing outer race in the torque converter housing.
temperature before installing the bearing outer
race. 4. Drive the bearing outer race to install securely in
the housing with the special tools.
E
07749-0010000
07GAD-SD40101
14-292
02/09/18 14:01:41 62SDA00A_140_0294
5. Install the 76 mm thrust shim (A), 76.2 mm thrust

washer (B), and the new bearing outer race (C) in
the transmission housing (D).
6. Drive the bearing outer race in securely so there is

no clearance between the outer race, thrust washer,
shim and housing with the special tools.
07749-0010000
07746-0010600
14-293
02/09/18 14:01:43 62SDA00A_140_0295
A/T Differential
Carrier Bearing Preload Inspection

Special Tools Required 2. Install the 76 mm thrust shim of 2.6 mm (0.102 in.)
• Handle driver 07749-0010000 in thickness (P/N 41449-PK4-000) (A) in the
• Driver attachment, 72 x 75 mm 07746-0010600 transmission housing (B).
• Preload inspection tool 07HAJ-PK40201
D
NOTE:
• If the transmission housing, torque converter housing, C
differential carrier, carrier bearing and outer race, or
thrust shim were replaced, the bearing preload must
A
be adjusted.
• Coat all parts with ATF during installation.
• Do not use the thrust shim in the torque converter
housing.
1. Remove the bearing outer race (A), 76.2 mm thrust

washer (B), and 76 mm thrust shim (C) from the
transmission housing (D) by heating the housing to
about 100°C (212°F) with heat gun (E). Do not heat B
the housing in excess of 100°C (212°F).
3. Install the 76.2 mm thrust washer (C) and the
NOTE: Let the transmission housing cool to room bearing outer race (D) in the transmission housing.
temperature before adjusting the bearing preload.
4. Drive the bearing outer race in securely so there is
E no clearance between the outer race, thrust washer,
shim and housing with the special tools.
07749-0010000
A
07746-0010600
14-294
02/09/18 14:01:45 62SDA00A_140_0296
5. Install the differential assembly (A) in the torque 7. Rotate the differential assembly in both directions
converter housing (B), and install the gasket (C) and to seat the bearings.
dowel pins (D) on the housing.
8. Measure the starting torque of the differential
10 x 1.25 mm assembly in both directions with the special tool, a
44 N·m (4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft)
torque wrench (A) and socket (B) at normal room
temperature.
E
STANDARD:
New Bearing 2.7−3.9 N·m
(28−40 kgf·cm, 24−35 lbf·in.)
Reused Bearing 2.5−3.6 N·m
(25−37 kgf·cm, 22−32 lbf·in.)
A
B
F
C
D
07HAJ-PK40201
6. Install the transmission housing (E) and the

transmission hanger (F), then tighten the bolts.
(cont’d)
14-295
02/09/18 14:01:45 62SDA00A_140_0297
A/T Differential
Carrier Bearing Preload Inspection (cont’d)

9. If the measurement is out of standard, remove the THRUST SHIM, 76 mm (cont’d)
thrust shim and select the thrust shim from table No. Part Number Thickness
below. Install the new thrust shim and recheck. To A 41428-PAX-000 1.575 mm (0.062 in.)
increase the starting torque, increase the thickness B 41429-PAX-000 1.625 mm (0.064 in.)
of the thrust shim. To decrease the starting torque, C 41430-PAX-000 1.675 mm (0.066 in.)
decrease the thickness of the shim. Changing the D 41431-PAX-000 1.725 mm (0.068 in.)
shim to the next size will increase or decrease E 41432-PAX-000 1.775 mm (0.070 in.)
starting torque about 0.3−0.4 N·m (3−4 kgf·cm, F 41433-PAX-000 1.825 mm (0.072 in.)
2−3 lbf·in). G 41434-PAX-000 1.875 mm (0.074 in.)
H 41435-PAX-000 1.925 mm (0.076 in.)
THRUST SHIM, 76 mm I 41436-PAX-000 1.975 mm (0.078 in.)
No. Part Number Thickness J 41437-PAX-000 2.025 mm (0.080 in.)
S 41438-PX4-700 2.05 mm (0.080 in.) K 41438-PAX-000 2.075 mm (0.082 in.)
T 41439-PX4-700 2.10 mm (0.082 in.) L 41439-PAX-000 2.125 mm (0.084 in.)
U 41440-PX4-700 2.15 mm (0.084 in.) M 41440-PAX-000 2.175 mm (0.086 in.)
A 41441-PK4-000 2.20 mm (0.086 in.) N 41441-PAX-000 2.225 mm (0.088 in.)
B 41442-PK4-000 2.25 mm (0.088 in.) O 41442-PAX-000 2.275 mm (0.090 in.)
C 41443-PK4-000 2.30 mm (0.090 in.) P 41443-PAX-000 2.325 mm (0.092 in.)
D 41444-PK4-000 2.35 mm (0.092 in.) Q 41444-PAX-000 2.375 mm (0.094 in.)
E 41445-PK4-000 2.40 mm (0.094 in.) R 41445-PAX-000 2.425 mm (0.095 in.)
F 41446-PK4-000 2.45 mm (0.096 in.) S 41446-PAX-000 2.475 mm (0.097 in.)
G 41447-PK4-000 2.50 mm (0.098 in.) T 41447-PAX-000 2.525 mm (0.099 in.)
H 41448-PK4-000 2.55 mm (0.099 in.) U 41448-PAX-000 2.575 mm (0.101 in.)
I 41449-PK4-000 2.60 mm (0.101 in.) V 41449-PAX-000 2.625 mm (0.103 in.)
J 41450-PK4-000 2.65 mm (0.103 in.) W 41450-PAX-000 2.675 mm (0.105 in.)
K 41451-PK4-000 2.70 mm (0.105 in.) X 41451-PAX-000 2.725 mm (0.107 in.)
L 41452-PK4-000 2.75 mm (0.107 in.) Y 41452-PAX-000 2.775 mm (0.109 in.)
M 41453-PK4-000 2.80 mm (0.109 in.) Z 41453-PAX-000 2.825 mm (0.111 in.)
N 41454-PK4-000 2.85 mm (0.111 in.) 0A 41454-PAX-000 2.875 mm (0.113 in.)
O 41455-PK4-000 2.90 mm (0.113 in.) 0B 41455-PAX-000 2.925 mm (0.115 in.)
P 41456-PK4-000 2.95 mm (0.115 in.) 0C 41456-PAX-000 2.975 mm (0.117 in.)
Q 41457-PK4-000 3.00 mm (0.117in.) 0D 41457-PAX-000 3.025 mm (0.119 in.)
R 41458-PK4-000 3.05 mm (0.119 in.)
0A 41428-PRP-000 1.55 mm (0.061 in.)
0B 41429-PRP-000 1.60 mm (0.063 in.)
0C 41430-PRP-000 1.65 mm (0.065 in.)
0D 41431-PRP-000 1.70 mm (0.067 in.)
0E 41432-PRP-000 1.75 mm (0.069 in.)
0F 41433-PRP-000 1.80 mm (0.071 in.)
0G 41434-PRP-000 1.85 mm (0.073 in.)
0H 41435-PRP-000 1.90 mm (0.075 in.)
0I 41436-PRP-000 1.95 mm (0.077 in.)
0J 41437-PRP-000 2.00 mm (0.079 in.)
(cont’d)
14-296

Accord 2003 2007pdf PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Accord 2003 2007pdf PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Accord 2003 2007pdf PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

02/09/18 13:32:58 62SDA00A_140_0002

General Troubleshooting Information

3. Record all fuel and emissions DTCs, A/T DTCs, and

4. If there is a fuel and emissions DTC, first check the

5. Clear the DTC and data in the CLEAR MENU.

6. Drive the vehicle for several minutes under the

NOTE: The illustration shows LHD model; RHD model is

General Troubleshooting Information (cont’d)

Example: DTC 15-5

Long blink Short blinks (five times)

5. Clear the DTC and data in the CLEAR MENU.

6. Drive the vehicle for several minutes under the

5. Select the A/T system, then CLEAR on the tester

6. Clear the DTC(s) or reset the PCM in CLEAR MENU.

3. If you cannot get to the wire side of the connector

General Troubleshooting Information (cont’d)

1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Do not start the

2. Connect the Honda interface module (HIM) to the

NOTE: The illustration shows LHD model; RHD

3. Update the PCM according to the procedures

7. Enter the radio code, reset the preset stations, and

8. Start the engine in the or position, and warm

9. Do the power window control unit reset procedure

10. To verify that the problem is repaired, test-drive the

DTC Troubleshooting Index

DTC Troubleshooting Index (cont’d)

Symptom Troubleshooting Index

Symptom Probable cause(s) Notes

Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont’d)

Symptom Probable cause(s) Notes

Symptom Probable cause(s) Notes

Vehicle moves in 1. 2nd accumulator • Check the 2nd clutch pressure.

Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont’d)

Symptom Probable cause(s) Notes

Poor acceleration; 1. Engine output low • Replace the torque converter.

Symptom Probable cause(s) Notes

Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont’d)

Symptom Probable cause(s) Notes

Symptom Probable cause(s) Notes

Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont’d)

Symptom Probable cause(s) Notes

Symptom Probable cause(s) Notes

Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont’d)

Symptom Probable cause(s) Notes

Symptom Probable cause(s) Notes

Torque Converter, Gears, and Clutches

Shift Control Mechanism

NEUTRAL All clutches are released.

Automatic Transaxle (A/T) Gear Position Indicator

System Description (cont’d)

Gears on the countershaft:

Gears on the secondary shaft:

Transmission Cutaway View

System Description (cont’d)

System Description (cont’d)

System Description (cont’d)

5TH CLUTCH TORQUE

System Description (cont’d)

REVERSE 4TH CLUTCH TORQUE